Skip to content
🎄Order now for Spring 2025! Plants are B2G1 Free and will ship in early April. Makes a great gift! 🎄
🎄Order now for Spring 2025! Plants are B2G1 Free and will ship in early April. Makes a great gift! 🎄

Buy 2 (two-packs), Get 1 (two-pack) FREE!

Plants will ship in early April or as soon as weather allows! Create your perfect garden combo with our unlimited Mix & Match, B2G1 offer! Just pick your favorites and they’ll be automatically added to your basket and the discount applied at checkout. Each third two-pack is completely free (including shipping). We use premium shipping services so your plant will arrive quickly and in great condition. Note: some orders may be split into multiple shipments to ensure the best delivery.
Add more plantsExpand
  • Lemongrass (Cymbopogon) | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible, Medicinal Herb

    Lemongrass (Cymbopogon) | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible, Medicinal Herb

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Repel mosquitoes naturally with these beautiful tall Lemongrass Plants! Perfect for foundation plantings, filling deck containers, or planted around your patio, Lemon Grass gives off a heavenly citronella scent that drives mosquitoes away! Bye, bye bugs and the scary diseases they carry. Lemongrass is also edible and can be used all summer for delicious stir fries, lemon-infused teas or vinegars, or use the whole stalk as a meat skewer.  Clovers Garden Lemongrass Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Start growing your mosquito repellent garden today so you can enjoy your yard all summer!

  • Citrosa Geranium Plant | Two Live Citronella Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Blooming, Edible

    Citrosa Geranium Plant | Two Live Citronella Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Blooming, Edible

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. With lush, green foliage, and the occasional pink-purple flower, the Citronella Geranium plant has a natural lemony scent that bugs hate. This gorgeous plant only grows bigger and fuller all season, providing natural protection for all your outdoor spaces. Grows just like a regular geranium and does well in containers. Clovers Garden Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow a Beautiful Garden with Citronella Geranium! A beautiful garden with citronella plants gives you the beauty and natural bug repellents. Citronella Geranium already tops popular gardening lists because it's a robust, quick grower; adaptable to almost all conditions; and gorgeous in every setting. Best of all, when cut, bruised, or even rustled by a breeze, it gives off a pleasant, lemony, citronella scent. You’ll love it, bugs and insects won’t.   Citronella Geranium grows large and bushy with thick foliage of lacy, medium-green leaves and produces a few pretty pink-purple blossoms during the season. Add trimmed branches to floral arrangements as the thick leaves provide a good structure for smaller flowers. Plant near high-use outdoor spaces such as play areas, patio borders, decks, containers, or around the foundation. Create a natural perimeter to enhance the plant’s natural protection. Even on slightly breezy days, you’ll smell the fresh, lemony scent and so will those pesky insects.   Combine with other protective plants such as Lantana, Creeping LemonThyme, Peppermint, Basil, or Lavender.

  • English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, Mosquito Repellent Plant

    English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, Mosquito Repellent Plant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This true English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue is a perennial plant in zones 5 to 8. Known for its compact growth habit, beautiful and fragrant flowers, this lavender plant is a must-have in your garden. Foliage is a lovely grayish-green and the plant only grows to about 18” to 24” high making it a great edging plant. The scent of lavender, though, is what makes this a gardener’s favorite. Perfect in cut arrangements, dried for sachets, and even infused in vinegar or oil, Lavender also is a natural mosquito, deer, and rabbit repellent. It tolerates hot, dry locations and works well in containers as an annual plant. Group multiple plants together for a stunning effect all summer long that will attract pollinators and neighbors! Clovers Garden English Lavender Hidcote Blue Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 3” to 5” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, treat as a tender annual all other Zones. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – fantastic cutting garden addition, flowers are lovely fresh; dried in arrangements or sachets; or infused in oil or vinegar. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Tolerates hot and dry conditions and deer and rabbit resistant. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • The Mosquito Trio | 9 Live Mosquito Repelling Plants | Geranium, Lemongrass, Lantana, Non-GMO

    The Mosquito Trio | 9 Live Mosquito Repelling Plants | Geranium, Lemongrass, Lantana, Non-GMO

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely collection of nine mosquito repelling plants will fill your outside living spaces with beautiful blooms, interesting foliage and a gorgeous lemony scent that drives the mosquitoes away! Perfect in containers, hanging baskets, around your foundation, and just about anywhere you grow flowers. Plant around play areas, patios, doorsteps, and wherever else you fight mosquitoes. Rustle the leaves when you walk by or grab a handful of leaves and crush to release a burst of citronella scent. What you get with Clovers' Mosquito Trio, Nine Plant Collection: Three Lemongrass Plants. This popular ornamental grass repels mosquitoes, deer, and snakes!  Also known as Mosquito Grass, barbed wire grass, silky heads, citronella grass, fever grass, tanglad, hierba Luisa, or gavati chaha, it has a delicate lemon-scent and flavor and is a key ingredient in Thai and Vietnamese cuisine. As with chives, it can be harvested throughout the growing season. Three Mosquito Plants (Citronella Geranium). This lovely geranium has thick, lush foliage and can get up to four feet around! During the season will occasionally produce pretty pink flowers. Leaves are edible and great for making tea. Three Lantana Plants. Super colorful, season long blooms on dark green foliage, Lantana is loved by butterflies and thrives in hot and dry conditions. (Note: seeds are poisonous so please remove after blossoms fade.) Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long protection – plants only get fuller and more beautiful as the summer goes on.. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Sweet Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Gardener Favorite, Harvest All Season

    Sweet Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Gardener Favorite, Harvest All Season

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Sweet Basil Herb is the most well-known and of all basil varieties and is the key ingredient in Pesto sauces (yes, it’s super easy to make your own pesto!). Basil grows well outdoors or indoors and can easily be moved indoors for the winter. This variety is also a heavy producer and can be continuously harvested all summer. Perfect in pestos, caprese, tomato dishes, soups, salads, sauces, pasta dishes, and seasoned oils and butters. For fullest flavor from your basil leaves, pick before the heat of the day and add in during the last few minutes of cooking. Clovers Garden Sweet Basil Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart inches apart in a compost rich, well-draining soil. Basil plants need 6-8 hours sunlight daily, but benefit from some afternoon shade. Cutting leaves frequently encourages more leaf growth and plant bushiness. As with all basil, pinch flower heads off before they open as the plant will no longer produce the fragrant leaves if it has flowered.

  • Creeping Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible

    Creeping Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible

    Pre-orders are now open!  Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping.

  • Lantana Camara Flowering | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent Plant, Thrives in Hot & Dry Areas

    Lantana Camara Flowering | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent Plant, Thrives in Hot & Dry Areas

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fast growing annual and pollinator favorite is a gardener’s favorite for its hardy growing habit and ability to withstand even the hottest, driest growing conditions. It’s naturally mosquito-repellent but loved by hummingbirds and butterflies. Grown as an annual in Zones 4 through 7, prefers sun to part sun, adapts to most soil types, tolerates dry, hot conditions. In Zones 8, Lantana is a tender perennial and in Zones 9 and warmer will grow as a perennial.  Note: after blooming, this plant produces small berries that are toxic to pets and kids. Please trim as blossoms fade. Clovers Garden Lantana Camara Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed You can grow a beautiful garden that keeps the mosquitoes away!

  • Mojito Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Summer Must Have

    Mojito Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Summer Must Have

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. You can't make Mojitos without mint! And once you've tried this delicious fresh herb straight from the garden, you'll wonder why you never planted it before! This particular Mojito Mint plant has only been available in the U.S. since 2006 but it's already one of the most popular mints on the market. Versatile and delicious in cocktails, desserts, and with chicken or fish, you'll love this plant for its hardy growth habit and continuous production. Clovers Garden Mojito Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • French Lavender | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Everblooming, Mild Scent, Dries Well

    French Lavender | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Everblooming, Mild Scent, Dries Well

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This ornamental variety of Lavender, is not as strongly scented as other lavenders but the growth habit and blossoms are gorgeous making it a popular ingredient in fresh and dried flower arrangements. This particular plant is call "everblooming" because it flowers from spring until fall frosts and is drought tolerant. What You'll Get with Clovers Garden French Lavender Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Peppermint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Hardy & Perennial to Zone 4

    Peppermint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Hardy & Perennial to Zone 4

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Peppermint is also naturally bug, deer, and rabbit repellent! Clovers Garden Peppermint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. This plant will spread profusely and thrives as a perennial in Zones 4 and warmer. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Spearmint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Easy-Grower, Perennial in Most Zones

    Spearmint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Easy-Grower, Perennial in Most Zones

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Clovers Garden Spearmint Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Pineapple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Gorgeous Red Blossoms

    Pineapple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Gorgeous Red Blossoms

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely light-green sage plant has a delicate, fruity flavor and adds lovely color to your gardens as it puts out profuse scarlet blooms. A favorite of hummingbirds and butterflies, add it to your deck containers for summer long color. Clovers Garden Pineapple Sage Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Garden Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Flavor, Compact Bushy Growth

    Garden Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Flavor, Compact Bushy Growth

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A must-have for marinades, meats, and side dishes, Garden Sage is easy to grow with compact, bushy growth all season long. Pretty sage-green foliage and interesting texture makes it a great container addition combined with flowering annuals. Clovers Garden Garden Sage Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Chocolate Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite

    Chocolate Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This delicious mint has the taste of a peppermint patty and is a butterfly and bee favorite. Great for summer desserts, to freshen up a cocktail, and definitely tucked into all your containers for heavenly aroma and full, lush growth.  Clovers Garden Chocolate Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Garden Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Drought Tolerant

    Garden Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Drought Tolerant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A sought-after culinary herb, perfect for meat dishes and marinades, Garden Thyme is easy to grow and is extremely tolerant to drought and prefers dry locations. Clovers Garden Garden Thyme Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Apple Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy, Easy to Grow

    Apple Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy, Easy to Grow

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This hardy and easy-to-grow mint adds a sweet mint flavor to everything from salads to jellies to cheeses. Delicious in mojitos, iced tea, or lemonade and makes a gorgeous garnish. Crushed leaves also ease the pain of insect and bee stings. What You'll Get with Apple Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage and scent make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Golden Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pretty & Citrusy

    Golden Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pretty & Citrusy

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Bright, golden-edged leaves and lemon scent make this Thyme delightful for kitchen and garden both. So delicious with chicken or fish, adding a citrus aroma and light lemony taste. Also good in marinades or to make herbed butter. Clovers Garden Golden Lemon Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Orange Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Filler, Perennial to Zone 5

    Orange Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Filler, Perennial to Zone 5

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping.  Orange Mint is a fragrant, lush, attractive plant ideal for gardens and containers alike. The deep green leaves are tinted with shades of orangey-red, and it has a unique, citrusy aroma and flavor. Like all of the mint plants, Orange Mint is a great filler for bare spots in the garden, with the attractive leaves and beautiful pale purple flowers. High in Vitamin A and C, this delicious mint not only adds zest and zing to drinks and dishes but is a healthy menu choice. Use fresh in salads, desserts, garnishes, added to cold drinks, and or as sauce for lamb and fish. Dried Orange Mint leaves are perfect for potpourris and sachets.   Clovers Garden Orange Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart in a full sun to part-sun location in well-draining soil. This variety of mint is heat- and humidity-tolerant so it can survive by water gardens and in moist parts of the garden. Lushest growth occurs in moist soil in partial shade. It will grow up to 24” tall and needs frequent pruning to contain the plant to a specific area. Perennial in most zones, just cut back in the fall and cover with leaves or straw to overwinter.

  • Purple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Deer Repellent

    Purple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Deer Repellent

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely herb produces beautiful purple flowers making it a great focal point of a any garden! Deer hate it but honey bees and butterflies love it. Delicious with chicken or pork and easy to grow. Clovers Garden Purple Sage Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Catmint (Nepeta) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial Herb, Pollinator Favorite

    Catmint (Nepeta) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial Herb, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This versatile, aromatic plant features lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-violet blossoms that pollinators LOVE. A low-maintenance plant with compact, bushy growth, Catmint prefers full sun but can tolerate shade. Can grow in most moisture conditions but does not prefer overly wet soils. Blooms from mid-summer through first frost and can be used in sachets, herbal teas, and as a mosquito repellent. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant will spread and benefits from regular pruning. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, Russian Sage for a lovely garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Clovers Garden Catmint Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Mosquito Repellent – this plant has a minty scent which deer, rabbits, and biting insects will avoid. Tiny flowers also attract honeybees and other pollinators. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Tricolor Sage Herb Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Aromatic Herb, Interesting Color & Texture

    Tricolor Sage Herb Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Aromatic Herb, Interesting Color & Texture

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This gorgeous herb brings interesting color and texture to every container and is a pollinator favorite! Easy-to-grow with a nice bushy appearance and beautiful tri-colored leaves in purple, white, and green, Tricolor Sage stays compact and grows to about two-feet tall making it a great addition to planters. This herb is a easy to dry and delicious with chicken, pork, or savory dishes. Clovers Garden Tricolor Sage Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. All Season Harvest – just snip what you need for dinner or pick large bunches for drying. Plant will continue to grow and benefits from regular cuttings. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Beefmaster Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Beefsteak

    Beefmaster Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Beefsteak

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This classic beefsteak tomato is summer in a slice. All season producer with huge fruits and meaty, juicy flesh perfect for sandwiches or canning. Easy to grow and resistant to cracking and most common tomato issues. You will love this beauty in your garden.  Clovers Garden Beefmaster Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all Clovers Garden plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best in a large garden with room to grow, will need staking. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 80 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 20 ounces Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Type: Indeterminate Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), and nematodes (N).  

  • Beefsteak Tomato Plants - | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Large Fruit, Crack-Resistant

    Beefsteak Tomato Plants - | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Large Fruit, Crack-Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. The slicer you need for this summer, this plant holds the record for the largest tomato at 7 pounds! Delicious puts out huge, solid scarlet fruits (usually up to two pounds each!) with rich flavor. An easy Beefsteak to grow, the fruits are smooth, crack-free, with solid meat and small seed cavities. Clovers Garden Beefsteak Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Beefsteak Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease & Crack Resistant  

  • Better Boy Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Indeterminate, World Record Holder!

    Better Boy Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Indeterminate, World Record Holder!

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This great performer holds a Guinness World record for highest yielding tomato plant! Better Boy puts out big hybrid-quality yields of succulent, juicy and meaty tomatoes. Great slicers or canners. Clovers Garden Better Boy Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Growing Requirements of Better Boy Tomato Plants: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 70 -75 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 16 oz, round, globe Spacing: 36” Size: 5’ to 8’ large plant Type: Indeterminate Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), and nematodes (N).

  • Big Beef Tomato Plants |Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Interdeterminate, Disease Resistant

    Big Beef Tomato Plants |Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Interdeterminate, Disease Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. The perfect balance of sweetness and acid, Big Beef has superior disease resistance and produces large 10- to 15-ounce delicious tomatoes. Perfect as slicers and for canning!  Clovers Garden Big Beef Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Big Boy Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Great Canner & Slicer

    Big Boy Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Great Canner & Slicer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. With incredible productivity and perfect large, red fruits, Big Boy is an instant garden hit! Grows 10- to 16-ounce tomatoes with smooth skin and lots of flavor. A wonderful addition to your summer menu served fresh or cooked. Clovers Garden Big Boy Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Big Rainbow Tomato Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Indeterminate

    Big Rainbow Tomato Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Indeterminate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Really gorgeous tomato with stunning shades of gold to scarlet and everything in between! This heirloom plant yields huge ribbed fruits weighing up to 2 pounds. Big Rainbow tomatoes taste juicy, fruity, and sweet, with a rich balance of acids and sugars that gives it an old-fashioned taste. Clovers Garden Big Rainbow Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Black Krim Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom Beefsteak

    Black Krim Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom Beefsteak

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping.  This heirloom beefsteak is one of the best "black" tomatoes around. Fruit is a very dark maroon, weighing in at 10- to 16-ounces, extremely tasty with a rich, smoky flavor, and natural saltiness.  Clovers Garden Black Krim Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed This unique tomato is a must-have in your heirloom garden!

  • Black Prince Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Indeterminate

    Black Prince Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Indeterminate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping.  This unique heirloom is similar to Black Krim but not as fragile and produces small, dark-red to deep brown, slightly pear-shaped fruits. Originally from Siberia, Black Prince is especially suited to cooler climates, produces early, and continues with heavy yield throughout the summer. A must-have for your garden and your summer salads and canning. Clovers Garden Black Prince Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Brandywine Pink Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Amish Heirloom

    Brandywine Pink Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Amish Heirloom

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. An heirloom Amish tomato originating in the 1880's, this large spreading viney tomato produces fruit all season long. Tomatoes are huge, kidney shaped with pinkish meaty flesh. Perfect in every summer dish and for canning. Clovers Garden Brandywine Pink Tomato Plants:  Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Brandywine Red Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Heirloom

    Brandywine Red Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Heirloom

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Brandywine produces beefsteak-type fruits with a rich red color and light pink-red undertones. Fruit sizes range from 8-ounces up to 2 pounds! A meaty, juicy tomato with fewer seeds than most. Clovers Garden Brandywine Red Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, heirloom, beefsteak Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 4 ounces Spacing: 24” Size: 2' tall plant at maturity Type: Indeterminate

  • Caspian Pink Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Beefsteak, Indeterminate

    Caspian Pink Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Beefsteak, Indeterminate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Often called the Queen of the Pinks, this heirloom, beefsteak-type tomato produces globe-shaped fruits as large as one pound. This early-maturing variety is an indeterminate and will produce tomatoes until the first freeze. Because the fruits grow flatter, this tomato is great for slicing as each slice is generally the same shape. Delicious, meaty, and hearty grower. Clovers Garden Caspian Pink Tomato Plant: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, heirloom, beefsteak variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 80 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Type: Indeterminate  

  • Celebrity Tomato Two Plants | Two Live Garden Plant | Non-GMO, Semi-Determinate

    Celebrity Tomato Two Plants | Two Live Garden Plant | Non-GMO, Semi-Determinate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. The perfect starter tomato, Celebrity is easy-to-grow; survives and thrives in most growing zones; andis delicious for eating fresh, cooking or canning. Clovers Garden Celebrity Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Cherokee Purple Tomato Plants | Two Live Plants |  Non-GMO, Heirloom Beefsteak

    Cherokee Purple Tomato Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom Beefsteak

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This Beefsteak-variety Heirloom tomato originated in Tennessee and was grown by the Cherokee Native Americans in the 1800's. One of the most flavorful of the dark tomato varieties, this big tomato has a sweet rich flavor and thick, meaty flesh. Clovers Garden Cherokee Purple Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Early Girl Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, High Yield Canners

    Early Girl Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, High Yield Canners

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. One of the earliest producing tomatoes with a huge crop of uniformly-sized fruits perfect for canning. Puts out high yields of tennis-ball sized tomatoes, approximately 4- to 6-ounces. Clovers Garden Early Girl Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Fantastico Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Blight-Resistant
    Sold out

    Fantastico Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Blight-Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A 2014 All-America Selection Award for excellence in home gardens, this super compact grape tomato is perfect for hanging baskets or deck containers. Large clusters grow on the outside of the plant making it easy to harvest. Fantastic tomatoes have a sweet, tangy flavor with deep red, smooth ½-ounce fruits. The plant will produce up to 350 fruits over the summer (nearly 12 pounds!). Clovers Garden Fantastico Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Grape- or Cherry-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease, blight, and crack resistant

  • Golden Jubilee Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO. Low Acid, Yellow Fruit

    Golden Jubilee Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO. Low Acid, Yellow Fruit

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A golden-yellow tomato prized for its mild flavor, low seed count, and low acidity, Golden Jubilee provides a nice combination of sweet and tangy, but leans more toward the tangy end of the spectrum. Perfect for slicing in salads or sandwiches or just served fresh from the garden. Clovers Garden Golden Jubilee Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Goliath Tomato Plant | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Large Fruit, High Yield

    Goliath Tomato Plant | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Large Fruit, High Yield

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fabulous tomato produces tremendous yields of large 1-pound to 2-pound red tomatoes, some as large as a softball! Goliath has beautiful, smooth, bright-red, deep oblate fruits, with sweet luscious flavor and almost completely blemish-free exterior. Clovers Garden Goliath Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Grape Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Grape, Great Yield

    Grape Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Grape, Great Yield

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Distinctively sweet 2" red grape tomatoes that can be eaten right off the vine. Great for salads or snacking and quite suitable for large containers. The perfect size tomato plant for urban patio gardens. Clovers Garden Grape Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Heirloom Pineapple Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Disease Resistant

    Heirloom Pineapple Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Disease Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This gorgeous, old-fashioned heirloom tomato is disease- and crack-resistant making it a tomato gardener's favorite. It's a super producer with abundant crops of beautiful yellow tomatoes with orange and red stripes. Delicious as a slicer and so lovely in your summer salads. Clovers Garden Heirloom Pineapple Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Don't miss out on this super popular plant!

  • Juliet Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Plum-Type, Crack-Resistant

    Juliet Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Plum-Type, Crack-Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This sweet, juicy tomato looks like an Italian plum tomato but grows in large cherry-type clusters. Packed with flavor, Juliet Grapes are ultra-sweet and meaty and will hold for up to two weeks on the vine.  Will produce well into fall and is the most crack-resistant cherry of them all! Clovers Garden Juliet Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Grape- or Cherry-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease and crack resistant

  • La Roma Red Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Roma, Disease Resistant

    La Roma Red Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Roma, Disease Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Every garden needs a Roma tomato! Delicious in sauces and salsa, La Roma has a low seed count and is one of the very best 'Italian-type' tomatoes known, with larger tomatoes than your average Roma. During the season it will put out big yields of 5- to 8-ounce fruit on large, vigorous plants with excellent disease resistance. Clovers Garden La Roma Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Roma Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Lemon Boy Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Globe, Indeterminate

    Lemon Boy Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Globe, Indeterminate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This easy-to-grow tomato produces early and puts out large amounts of good-sized fruit right up until frost. A popular indeterminate, the Lemon Boy is beautiful, sweet yellow tomato that brightens up every summer dish. Clovers Garden Lemon Boy Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Type: Indeterminate Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), nematodes (N), alternaria stem canker (A), and gray leaf spot (St). 

  • Little Napoli Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Roma, Determinate

    Little Napoli Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Roma, Determinate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. The perfect roma for containers, Little Napoli produces bright-red, pear-shaped fruit that measure up to 2 ½ inches in diameter. With a rich tangy flavor and meaty flesh, this roma is perfect for sauces, canning, and soups. Clovers Garden Little Napoli Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once so great for canning, sauces, and salsas. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Roma Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Mortgage Lifter Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom Beefsteak

    Mortgage Lifter Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom Beefsteak

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This huge heirloom beefsteak with fruits over 2 pounds, consistently wins taste-tests and puts out extremely heavy yields of big, low-acid pink fruits. Drought-resistant, this tomato requires less water than many other varieties. Mortgage Lifter is an old-fashioned variety still hugely popular today and great for eating, canning, or sauces. Clovers Garden Mortgage Lifter Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Mountain Merit Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Classic Slicer, Blight-resistant

    Mountain Merit Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Classic Slicer, Blight-resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This really adaptable tomato produces medium-large (8 to 10 ounce) fruits with deep red color and firm, meaty flesh. Highly resistant to late-season blight, this is the slicer made for your burgers and BLTs. Clovers Garden Mountain Merit Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once for easy canning and sauce making. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Blight and disease resistant

  • Mountain Pride Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Disease Resistant, Great Canner
    Sold out

    Mountain Pride Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Disease Resistant, Great Canner

    Mountain Pride is a bush variety, disease-resistant plant that grows up to four-feet tall. It produces a deep red, roundish fruit of around 8- to 10-ounces with juicy flavor perfect for serving fresh or cooking into sauce. This is a determinate tomato plant which means they stop growing when fruit sets on the terminal or top bud and ripen all their crop at or near the same time (usually over a 2 week period). So if you want to get your canning done in one batch, this is the tomato for you! Clovers Garden Mountain Pride Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once so you can get your canning and sauces done in a few batches. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Resistant to cracking & diseases Plant at least 24” apart to allow for plant’s bushy shape. These tomatoes require full sun and adequate watering for the season and may require a limited amount of caging or staking for support, but do not prune as it severely reduces the crop.

  • Mr. Stripey Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Beefsteak, Low Acid

    Mr. Stripey Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Beefsteak, Low Acid

      Gorgeous heirloom beefsteak-variety tomato, Mr. Stripey, is a fun addition to your garden with rich yellow undertones covered with pinkish-red striping . Pretty and luscious, this tomato has a mild, sweet-tasting flavor (due to its higher sugar content) and can grow to over 1 pound each! So beautiful when sliced as it really shows off its bi-coloring and but the mild flavor blends well in dishes such as pasta sauce. These tomatoes are also low acid.           Clovers Garden Mr. Stripey Tomato Plants:   Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Place plants 24” to 36” apart in a sunny location with well- draining soil. Staking tomatoes upright or using a wire cage will increase production in these 60” tall plants. Expect to harvest fruits in around 80 days and plants will continue to produce up until first frost.

  • Old German Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Indeterminate, Large Fruit

    Old German Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Indeterminate, Large Fruit

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This heirloom tomato was first introduced in the 1800's and is still a gardener's favorite. Old German puts out one of the largest tomatoes routinely weighing in at over 1.5 pounds. It's both delicious and beautiful with its golden orange and red coloring, producing fruit up until the first frost of the season. Clovers Garden Old German Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic If you've wanted to try an heirloom tomato, start with the Old German!

  • Patio Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plant | Non-GMO, Determinate, Top Choice for Containers

    Patio Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plant | Non-GMO, Determinate, Top Choice for Containers

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This compact but sturdy hybrid tomato plants is made for containers! The patio tomato plant grows to a little over 2-feet high but puts out high yields of 3 to 4 ounce fruits. Delicious classic, globe tomatoes, perfect for small space or balcony gardens. Clovers Garden Patio Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Determinate, globe variety Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Pink Girl Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Crack & Disease Resistant

    Pink Girl Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Crack & Disease Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Beautiful pearly pink color, excellent for cooking with or serving fresh with salads and meals. Pink Girl produces large juicy tomatoes up to 8 ounces big with a lower acid content than most red tomatoes. Clovers Garden Pink Girl Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease- and crack-resistant

  • Red Grape Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Grape-Type

    Red Grape Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Determinate, Grape-Type

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A good choice for containers, Red Grape produces two-inch fruits all summer long. Delicious off the vine, tossed in Caprese salad, or skewered and grilled, a must-have for the kitchen garden. Clovers Garden Red Grape Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once so you can get your canning and salsa made in one (or two!) batches. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Grape- or Cherry-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • San Marzano Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Heirloom Roma

    San Marzano Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Heirloom Roma

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This Heirloom Roma has thicker flesh and less seed content than most and really is one of the best cooking tomatoes you'll find. Cooking brings out the exceptional sweetness of the San Marzano making it perfect for sauces, soups, salsa, and grilling. Clovers Garden San Marzano Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Roma Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease-resistant

  • Sunsugar Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Yellow Cherry, Ripens to Orange
    Sold out

    Sunsugar Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Yellow Cherry, Ripens to Orange

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Easy-to-grow and disease resistant, the Sunsugar puts out hundreds of yellow cherry tomatoes that ripen to orange. Vines can grow up to 6-feet long and will bear up until frost. Super sweet cherries are perfect for snacking, salads, and shishkabobs. Clovers Garden Sunsugar Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Cherry, Indeterminate 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Cherry Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease resistant

  • Super Fantastic Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Beefsteak, High Yields

    Super Fantastic Tomato | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Beefsteak, High Yields

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping.  This smooth-skinned tomato with solid, meaty fruit produces high yields up until frost. Will benefit from caging or staking to support the weight of the fruit. Adaptable across most zones, Super Fantastic is a must have for your tomato garden. Clovers Garden Super Fantastic Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Beefsteak Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease resistant

  • Sweet 100 Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Cherry, Indeterminate, Huge Yields

    Sweet 100 Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Cherry, Indeterminate, Huge Yields

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A true workhorse in the cherry tomato family, this easy-to-grow plant produces tomatoes by the hundreds! Commonly referred to as "vine candy" due to their sugary sweet flavor, these tomatoes grow abundantly on huge plants that reach up to 10-feet tall! Delicious right off the vine but also great for cooking and freezing.  Clovers Garden Sweet 100 Cherry Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Cherry Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Sweet Baby Girl Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Crack-Resistant

    Sweet Baby Girl Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Indeterminate, Crack-Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. One of the all-time best cherry tomatoes around! If you love cherry tomatoes but are disappointed in the amount of tomatoes produced on the large rambling plants, then give these a try. Dark red clusters with hundreds of super sweet tomatoes grow on short, compact, easy-to-train vines and yield twice the fruit on half the vines. Even better, Sweet Baby Girl is disease- and crack-resistant and the fruit has a long shelf life. Great space saver and perfect for decks and patios. Clovers Garden Sweet Baby Girl Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Cherry Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease- and crack-resistant

  • Tomatillo Plants (Mexican Husk Tomato) Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Must Have for Salsa Verde

    Tomatillo Plants (Mexican Husk Tomato) Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Must Have for Salsa Verde

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Tomatillo plants grow just like indeterminate tomatoes and put out hundreds of small green tomato-like fruits encased in a papery husk. As the husk dries, the inner fruit is revealed and ready to pick. A staple of Mexican cuisine and a must-have for Chili Verde sauce, tomatillos are easy to grow and have a tart, yet sweet and citrusy flavor. Use in fresh salsas, delicious grilled, mix into chili and stews, or preserved in jams and jellies. These plants require cross pollination so you need at least two plants together for fruit to form. Clovers Garden Tomatillo Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomatillo plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed How to Grow Tomatillos As the fruit matures it fills the paper husk that encloses it, then the husk turns brown and splits open by harvest time, showing the green fruit inside. Remove fruits from the plant when husks turn tan and split open and the fruits inside are firm. If frost is expected, remove the entire plant and hang it upside down in a sheltered location to ripen the remaining fruits. Like tomatoes, they will continue to ripen after harvest.

  • Whopper Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Globe, Indeterminate

    Whopper Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Globe, Indeterminate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Crack-Resistant, Early Producer This easy-to-grow tomato produces early and puts out large amounts of good-sized fruit right up until frost. A popular indeterminate, the Whopper is great in every summer dish and makes a good canner. What You Get with a Clovers Garden Tomato Plant: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Type: Indeterminate Crack Resistant Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), and nematodes (N).  

  • Wisconsin 55 Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Semi-Determinate

    Wisconsin 55 Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Heirloom, Semi-Determinate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This easy-to-grow tomato produces early and puts out large amounts of good-sized fruit right up until frost. A popular garden choice, the Wisconsin 55 Tomato is a good slicer and cans well. Clovers Garden Wisconsin 55 Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Type: Indeterminate Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Resistant to: blossom end rot and gray leaf spot (St). 

  • Yellow Pear Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Pear Heirloom, Indeterminate

    Yellow Pear Tomato Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Pear Heirloom, Indeterminate

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Unique Heirloom, Great Producer A proven garden favorite that dates back to 1805! Produces a high yield of 2" pear-shaped yellow tomatoes, delicious is fresh salads and adds interesting color to salsas and pasta salads. Grows well in a container or patio pot.  Clovers Garden Yellow Pear Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Type: Indeterminate Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Fruit Size: Average, 8 ounces

  • Carolina Reaper Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Veggie Garden Plants | Non-GMO, World's Hottest Pepper!

    Carolina Reaper Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Veggie Garden Plants | Non-GMO, World's Hottest Pepper!

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Imagine the fire this will bring to your next BBQ! Bring the heat this summer with these scorching hot, hot, hot peppers. Ranked by Guinness World Records as the world's hottest pepper, the Carolina Reaper lives up to its name! Putting out tiny, burning, little balls of red-hot fire, these peppers top the Scoville Scale at 2.2 Million Units. Order early as this hard-to-find pepper sells out quickly! Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow some heat in your garden this summer! Carolina Reaper (Capsicum chinense) is an unbelievably hot pepper variety developed by a grower in South Carolina. Carolina Reapers are a chile pepper plant variety that was created by crossing a Pakistani Naga with a Red Habanero type from St. Vincents Island in the West Indies. It is also called HP22B pepper It looks similar to the Trinidad Scorpion, but the pepper's flesh is bumpier. It has been Scoville tested up to 2.2 million units with an average heat level of over 1,400,000. These chile plants grow slowly in the beginning like Nagas but in a humid climate they are very productive.

  • Ghost Bhut Jolokia Pepper | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, High Yield, 1M+ SHU

    Ghost Bhut Jolokia Pepper | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, High Yield, 1M+ SHU

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Gardener favorite for yield, flavor, and heat.  One of HOT pepper gardening’s preferred plants – these gorgeous, great-producing pepper plants are easy-to-grow. Four times hotter than a Habaneros, world-famous Ghost peppers are hotter-than-hot with a fruity, smoky flavor. Perfect in salsa, chili, stew, soup, and other spicy dishes. This is a Gardener favorite for yield, flavor, and heat.  and it sells out every year!  Clovers Garden Ghost Pepper Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed These must-have hot peppers will spice up your garden and heat up your next BBQ.

  • Habanero Hot Peppers | Two Live Veggie Garden Plants | Non-GMO, 275K SHU, Citrusy Flavor

    Habanero Hot Peppers | Two Live Veggie Garden Plants | Non-GMO, 275K SHU, Citrusy Flavor

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping.   The super-flavor hot pepper everyone asks for! This traditional hot pepper is a must-have for summer. The 2" ball-shaped peppers will turn from green to yellow to orange-red (and only get hotter as they ripen). Topping the Scoville chart at 100k to 350K, this heirloom favorite is packed with smoky, citrusy flavor and floral aroma.  And, of course, bumps up the heat index to HOT! Easy to grow, great producer, and delicious grilled, roasted, or fresh! Clovers Garden Hot Habanero Pepper Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Thai Gong Bao Dragon Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Plants | High Yield, Edible Ornamental

    Thai Gong Bao Dragon Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Plants | High Yield, Edible Ornamental

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. The Thai Gong Bao Pepper is a mass producer of hot, hot peppers (50K to 100K on the Scoville Scale).  Lovely as an accent in your garden, this plant grows in a bush-like shape with prolific yield -- up to 200 fruits per plant! Outstanding nutty flavor with the heat needed to spice up Thai and Asian dishes. Delicious fresh, roasted, fried, or dried.  Clovers Garden Thai Gong Bao Dragon Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – We work with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant will reach a height of 12” to 24” and with the colorful peppers, it is a very attractive plant. The decorative appeal of this pepper also makes it ideal for containers and used in gardens as an attractive accent plant. Perfect for small spaces, balconies, and deck planters.

  • Trinidad Moruga Scorpion Hot Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Super Hot, 2M SHU

    Trinidad Moruga Scorpion Hot Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Super Hot, 2M SHU

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Plant only if you can handle some H-E-A-T! Ranked on the Scoville Scale at 2 Million, the Trinidad Scorpion is listed in the 2012 Guinness Book of World Records! And it lives up to its name as one-of-a-kind: super hot, gorgeous color and form, made for the bravest gardeners and cooks out there. You will be the envy of your block party!        Clovers Garden Trinidad Scorpion Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Don't miss out on this unique garden pepper plant -- it sells out quickly!

  • Caribbean Habanero Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, 2x Hotter than Ordinary Habaneros 300K SHU!

    Caribbean Habanero Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, 2x Hotter than Ordinary Habaneros 300K SHU!

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. These super-hot peppers – 300K to 475K Scoville Scale Ranking!! – are a great producer and perfect for the brave hot pepper gardener. Twice the heat of ordinary habaneros and 80 times hotter than a jalapeno, these habaneros bring a fruity, smoky accent with a floral aroma to your best summer salsas, marinades, and spicy dishes. Try stuffed with cream cheese and grilled. Delicious and the cheese tames the heat. Clovers Garden Caribbean Habanero Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Give these delicious peppers a try and spice up your summer cooking!

  • Cayenne Long Slim Pepper Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Medium Heat, Dries Well

    Cayenne Long Slim Pepper Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Medium Heat, Dries Well

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This super productive plants gives fruit well into the fall. Attractive growth pattern makes it a lovely addition to containers or bedding gardens. Long, slim chili adds spice to your summer cooking and dries nicely for storage.  Clovers Garden Cayenne Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Anaheim Pepper Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Hot Chili-Type

    Anaheim Pepper Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Hot Chili-Type

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This flavorful, mild chili pepper has a low 1000 to 2500 Scoville Heat Units for just enough heat to spice up your cooking. A Mexican menu favorite, it's perfect for stuffing, roasting, or grilling.  Clovers Garden Anaheim Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Better Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens Green to Red

    Better Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens Green to Red

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This vigorous, fast grower is perfect for patio pots and deck planters. Harvest earlier than most varieties or leave on the vine to mature to a lovely deep red. A heavy producer with large (up to 5 inches across!) thick-walled fruit perfect for salads and fresh salsas or deliciously sweet grilled and roasted. Clovers Garden Better Bell Peppers Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • California Wonder Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens to Red

    California Wonder Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens to Red

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. The most popular green Bell Pepper variety sold today! Its great flavor, color, and yield are like no other and it grows well in colder climates, with a short growing season and quite disease resistant. Terrific flavor when eaten green off the plant or let them fully mature to their bright red color for the ultimate pepper sweetness. Clovers Garden California Wonder Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Super Chili Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Veggie Garden Plants | Non-GMO, 40K SHU

    Super Chili Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Veggie Garden Plants | Non-GMO, 40K SHU

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely plant puts out fiery HOT peppers and does double duty as a gorgeous ornamental plant filled with dozens and dozens of  bright, colorful peppers. Perfect when cooking spicy cuisine, chili, stews, or, of course, a must-have for salsa. Also good dried in a ristra. Clovers Garden Super Chili Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – We work with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow some heat in your garden this summer!

  • Hot Banana Pepper - Hungarian Hot Banana - Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Early Producer

    Hot Banana Pepper - Hungarian Hot Banana - Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Early Producer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. One of the most versatile peppers around, this pepper is brings just enough heat to salads, salsas, sandwiches, and grilled entrees. Grows large fruits that go from green to red. A great pepper garden choice as it produces early in the season and lasts until fall.  Clovers Garden Hot Banana Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Garden Salsa Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Medium Heat

    Garden Salsa Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Medium Heat

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This disease-resistant pepper produces heavy yields throughout the season. Peppers have great flavor with medium heat that increases as they mature from green to red. Great for salsas and grilling. Clovers Garden Salsa Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Golden California Wonder Bell | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Bell, Salad Favorite

    Golden California Wonder Bell | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Bell, Salad Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Beautiful huge golden bell peppers full of sweet flavor, naturally low in calories, and high in vitamins. Great for snacking, salads, grilling, and salsas.  Peppers are green when immature, changing to a lovely golden yellow color with a sweeter flavor when ripe. Clovers Garden Golden California Wonder Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to yellow. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Jalapeno Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Heat, Great Producer

    Jalapeno Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Heat, Great Producer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. The most popular chili pepper in the United States, jalapeno is the go-to pepper for nachos, salsas, and chili. Delicious sliced, pickled, or grilled, this pepper adapts to almost any climate whether dry, humid, or cool. Easy-to-grow and a good producer. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. What you Get with Clovers Garden Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • King Arthur Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens Green to Deep Red

    King Arthur Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens Green to Deep Red

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This is truly the King of the Bell Peppers! Produces big, blocky peppers up to five-inches wide! Sturdy plants grow up to 22-inches high, produces early, and keeps on going all summer long. Peppers are sweet and crisp and ripen to a lovely, deep red color. Clovers Garden King Arthur Pepper Plants Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Tolerant to most diseases including TMV and PVY

  • Lady Bell Red Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens to Deep Red

    Lady Bell Red Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Ripens to Deep Red

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. These delicious peppers are great served fresh or cooked in soups, stir-fries, stews, roasted or grilled. One of the most dependable producers of sweet peppers known, Lady Bell flourishes even in cooler weathers of the Northeast. Clovers Garden Lady Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Melrose Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Delicious Grilled

    Melrose Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Delicious Grilled

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Named for the Melrose Park area in Illinois, this delicious pepper made its way across the U.S. in the 1990s. Wonderful eaten fresh from the garden or used in your favorite dishes, this rich, sweetly flavored pepper is well-suited for stuffing and Italian cuisine. Clovers Garden Melrose Pepper Plants Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Poblano Chili Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild-Hot, Great for Drying

    Poblano Chili Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild-Hot, Great for Drying

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. One of the most popular peppers grown in Mexico, when it's fresh, it's called a Poblano, when dried it's called a chile ancho (wide chile). Delicious fresh, roasted, smoked, or dried and used as seasoning. Clovers Garden Poblano Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Sweet Banana Pepper  | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Tangy & Flavorful

    Sweet Banana Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Tangy & Flavorful

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. One of the most versatile peppers around, the Sweet Banana is tasty in soups, salads salsas, sandwiches, and more. Mild, tangy tasting peppers that add a boost of flavor to any dish! What you Get with Clovers Garden Sweet Banana Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Tabasco Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Medium Hot

    Tabasco Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Medium Hot

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. You can make your own Tabasco sauce (yes, this is that pepper!). This spicy little pepper has a Scoville Rating of 30K to 50K and adds heat to our sauces and salsas but is also good for drying and preserving. Also lovely as an ornamental and looks great in container gardens. Clovers Garden Tabasco Pepper Plants Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Mild Jalapeno M Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Heat

    Mild Jalapeno M Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Heat

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. The Jalapeno M Mild Jalapeño Pepper plant is a mild variety of the jalapeño pepper developed at Texas A&M University in the early 2000s. If you love the flavor of a delicious Jalapeno but cannot handle the heat, this is the pepper for you. The fruits are large, measuring a whopping 3 inches or more, with a thick dark green flesh and less heat than the traditional Jalapenos (only 1000 to 1500 Scoville rating). If you remove the seeds, they’re even milder. Perfect for salsa, chili sauces, dips, and relishes but also delicious stuffed, baked, preserved, or served fresh on pizzas and sandwiches. This pepper puts out an abundant crop of 40 to 60 fruits per plant! Clovers Garden Tam Mild Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Peppers prefer full sun, rich and organic soil, and should be planted 18” to 24” apart. These pepper plants adapt well to container planting but avoid overcrowding. Expect to begin harvesting 67 to 73 days from planting and regular harvesting will encourage additional crop growth till the fall season.

  • Whopper Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, XL Fruit

    Whopper Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, XL Fruit

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Produces HUGE Whopper sized peppers! Each one is 4" to 6" long and 4" wide. Sweet, juicy flavor and an excellent cooker, this pepper does the heavy lifting in your pepper garden. What you Get with Clovers Garden Whopper Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Jalapeno Megatron Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Jumbo Fruit, Non-GMO, Mild Heat, Great Producer

    Jalapeno Megatron Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Jumbo Fruit, Non-GMO, Mild Heat, Great Producer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. The most popular chili pepper in the United States, jalapeno is the go-to pepper for nachos, salsas, and chili. And this variety grows extra large jalapenos with thick, meaty flesh. Delicious sliced, pickled, or grilled and perfect for stuffed hot peppers. Easy-to-grow and a good producer. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. Clovers Garden Jalapeno Megatron Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • La Bomba Jalapeno Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Heat, Perfect for Poppers

    La Bomba Jalapeno Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Heat, Perfect for Poppers

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. The most popular chili pepper in the United States, jalapeno is the go-to pepper for nachos, salsas, and chili. This variety has smooth, thick walls and the perfect shape and size for upright canning or jalapeno poppers. Also delicious sliced or pickled for spicy sandwiches. Easy-to-grow and a good producer. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. Clovers Garden La Bomba Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Spitfire Anaheim Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Very Mild Heat

    Spitfire Anaheim Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Very Mild Heat

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This large Anaheim chili pepper variety has vigorous growth habit and superb disease resistance. Coming in at under 1000 SHU, this pepper is the perfect addition with just enough heat to spice up every summer dish. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. Clovers Garden Spitfire Anaheim Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Mucho Nacho Jalapeno Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Jumbo Fruit, Non-GMO, Hotter than Regular Jalapenos

    Mucho Nacho Jalapeno Peppers | Two Live Garden Plants | Jumbo Fruit, Non-GMO, Hotter than Regular Jalapenos

    A jumbo-sized hybrid jalapeno, Mucho Nacho has longer, thicker fruit. Higher heat than regular jalapenos! Grows up to 4” long with firm skin and crisp, juicy meat. Perfect for stuffing and grilling. Clovers Garden Mucho Nacho Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Gypsy Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Elongated Shape, Large Fruits

    Gypsy Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Elongated Shape, Large Fruits

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. An elongated sweet pepper with fruit up to 6” long. Does well in both hot and cool zones and is resistant to tobacco mosaic virus. Ripens from light green to yellow to orange to red and can be picked at all stages. Only gets sweeter and juicier as it ripens. Perfect in everything from fresh to fried to pickled. Clovers Garden Gyspy Sweet Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Orange Bell Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Pepper, Large Fruits

    Orange Bell Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Pepper, Large Fruits

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Big, beefy, boxy fruits that ripen to a gorgeous deep orange color in just 20 days from green. Gorgeous in your garden and delicious in every summer dish from fresh salads to shishkabobs. Extra firm fruit for long storage and a hardy grower for all season production. Clovers Garden Orange Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Lilac Bell Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Pepper, Early Producer

    Lilac Bell Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Pepper, Early Producer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This unique sweet bell pepper starts out yellow and turns a lovely shade of light purple as it ripens. The inside stays creamy yellow for an interesting sliced pepper. Early and abundant producer, this pepper plant does well in containers. Clovers Garden Lilac Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they ripen from yellow to purple. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Sport Hot Pepper Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Hot, Top Pickling Choice

    Sport Hot Pepper Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Hot, Top Pickling Choice

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Take this Hot Pepper to the ballgame! Sport Pepper is named for its use as a pickled pepper topping for Chicago-style ballpark hot dogs! Grow on sturdy plants, with medium sized fruits that turn from green to red as they ripen. These can get hot, up to 15,000 SHU! The go-to for pickled peppers. Clovers Garden Sport Hot Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Shishito Japanese Sweet Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Elongated Shape

    Shishito Japanese Sweet Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Elongated Shape

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Top pick for tempura and stir fries, this delicious Japanese sweet pepper puts out finger-long fruits that ripen from green to red. With thin walls and high flavor, this pepper is a must-have for grilling and searing. It’s compact growth makes it perfect for patio pots and balcony containers. Clovers Garden Shishito Japanese Sweet Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Corno Di Toro Sweet Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Elongated Shape
    Sold out

    Corno Di Toro Sweet Pepper | Two Live Pepper Plants | Non GMO, Sweet Elongated Shape

    Corno di Toro (aka “Bull’s Horn”) is the Italian favorite sweet pepper. An early producer with long, tapered 6” fruits that ripen from red to green. Delicious grilled, roasted, or thinly sliced in salads. Plant has an upright growth pattern and does well in containers. Clovers Garden Corno Di Toro Sweet Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

  • Serrano Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, 20K SHU, Small Fruits

    Serrano Hot Pepper Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, 20K SHU, Small Fruits

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Serrano peppers are smaller and hotter than jalapenos with thick meat making them a great choice for roasting, salsas, and relishes. They can be as hot at 20,000 SHU so perfect for salsa. Fruit will grow from green to red as they ripen and only get hotter and sweeter the longer they say on the vine. Clovers Garden Serrano Hot Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – We work with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow some heat in your garden this summer!

  • Purple Beauty Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Compact, Ripens Purple

    Purple Beauty Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Compact, Ripens Purple

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A gardener’s favorite, Purple Beauty produces heavily on compact, bushy plants. The mildly-sweet, crunchy fruit ripens from green to purple and holds its color well even when cooked. Clovers Garden Purple Beauty Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to purple. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Tolerant to high heat and humidity

  • Red Bell Pepper |  Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Early Producer

    Red Bell Pepper | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Sweet, Early Producer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Another early producer, the Red Bell puts out high yields that mature from green to red on the vine. This sweet pepper is well suited for sauces, cooked salsas, canning, freezing, and grilling but also delicious when served raw. Clovers Garden Sweet Red Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Tolerant to high heat and humidity Disease resistant

  • Apple Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy, Easy to Grow

    Apple Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy, Easy to Grow

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This hardy and easy-to-grow mint adds a sweet mint flavor to everything from salads to jellies to cheeses. Delicious in mojitos, iced tea, or lemonade and makes a gorgeous garnish. Crushed leaves also ease the pain of insect and bee stings. What You'll Get with Apple Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage and scent make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Arugula | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Peppery Herb, Easy to Grow

    Arugula | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Peppery Herb, Easy to Grow

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Arugula is a slightly bitter, peppery, aromatic herb. Adds flavor to salads, fish or chicken, steamed veggies, and even to fresh pesto or chimichurris. Easy to grow and can be harvested all season long, just snip leaves off as needed. Plant will benefit from shade in extra hot locations but overall a hardy grower. Clovers Garden Arugula Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Barbeque Rosemary | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Strong Stems, Dries Well

    Barbeque Rosemary | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Strong Stems, Dries Well

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This Rosemary variety has stronger stems and more flavor in the needle-like leaves than other rosemary plants making it fantastic as BBQ skewers. The delicious herb is great for flavoring meat, bread, vegetables, stew, soup, and other food. Clovers Garden BBQ Rosemary Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Catmint (Nepeta) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial Herb, Pollinator Favorite

    Catmint (Nepeta) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial Herb, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This versatile, aromatic plant features lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-violet blossoms that pollinators LOVE. A low-maintenance plant with compact, bushy growth, Catmint prefers full sun but can tolerate shade. Can grow in most moisture conditions but does not prefer overly wet soils. Blooms from mid-summer through first frost and can be used in sachets, herbal teas, and as a mosquito repellent. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant will spread and benefits from regular pruning. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, Russian Sage for a lovely garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Clovers Garden Catmint Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Mosquito Repellent – this plant has a minty scent which deer, rabbits, and biting insects will avoid. Tiny flowers also attract honeybees and other pollinators. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Chocolate Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite

    Chocolate Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This delicious mint has the taste of a peppermint patty and is a butterfly and bee favorite. Great for summer desserts, to freshen up a cocktail, and definitely tucked into all your containers for heavenly aroma and full, lush growth.  Clovers Garden Chocolate Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Creeping Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible

    Creeping Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible

    Pre-orders are now open!  Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping.

  • English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, Mosquito Repellent Plant

    English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, Mosquito Repellent Plant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This true English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue is a perennial plant in zones 5 to 8. Known for its compact growth habit, beautiful and fragrant flowers, this lavender plant is a must-have in your garden. Foliage is a lovely grayish-green and the plant only grows to about 18” to 24” high making it a great edging plant. The scent of lavender, though, is what makes this a gardener’s favorite. Perfect in cut arrangements, dried for sachets, and even infused in vinegar or oil, Lavender also is a natural mosquito, deer, and rabbit repellent. It tolerates hot, dry locations and works well in containers as an annual plant. Group multiple plants together for a stunning effect all summer long that will attract pollinators and neighbors! Clovers Garden English Lavender Hidcote Blue Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 3” to 5” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, treat as a tender annual all other Zones. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – fantastic cutting garden addition, flowers are lovely fresh; dried in arrangements or sachets; or infused in oil or vinegar. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Tolerates hot and dry conditions and deer and rabbit resistant. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • English Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great in Containers

    English Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great in Containers

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. One of the most versatile of the culinary herbs, English Thyme goes well with everything from meats to vegetables to cheeses. A great addition to container gardens, it also naturally repels insects. Clovers Garden English Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Everbearing Sweet Strawberry | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Cold & Disease Tolerant

    Everbearing Sweet Strawberry | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Cold & Disease Tolerant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This popular strawberry plant was developed in Arkansas and is hardy and cold-tolerant, making it suitable for zones 4-8. This variety also has a high disease resistance self-pollinator, ripens in early summer, and continues to fruit until first frost. The big, delicious strawberries are a deep red color, very sweet with excellent flavor. An excellent choice fresh eating, canning, jam or jelly, and freezes well for wintertime smoothies.   Clovers Garden Everbearing Sweet Strawberries: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Grow as a perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed This plant does produce a high amount of runners (roots that become clone plants), however during the first growing year it’s best to remove all but 2-3 runners from each plant. This will maximize the size and quality of the strawberries and help the plants root more effectively. In subsequent years, routine maintenance of the plant and its runners is needed to keep the plants in their spaces. Plant in a full sun location in the garden or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect the plants from winter cold.

  • French Lavender | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Everblooming, Mild Scent, Dries Well

    French Lavender | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Everblooming, Mild Scent, Dries Well

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This ornamental variety of Lavender, is not as strongly scented as other lavenders but the growth habit and blossoms are gorgeous making it a popular ingredient in fresh and dried flower arrangements. This particular plant is call "everblooming" because it flowers from spring until fall frosts and is drought tolerant. What You'll Get with Clovers Garden French Lavender Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • French Tarragon | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Propagated from Authentic French Plants

    French Tarragon | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Propagated from Authentic French Plants

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Genuine French Tarragon Plants, propagated from cuttings of other French Tarragon plants. Tarragon has a bittersweet, peppery but delicate licorice-like flavor and pairs well with fish, chicken, and is a main ingredient in béarnaise sauce. It’s lovely growth habit makes it a beautiful addition to planters and perfect as a garnish. Clovers Garden French Tarragon Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • French Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Fragrant, Low-Growth Herb

    French Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Fragrant, Low-Growth Herb

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. French Thyme (thymus vulgaris) has fragrant leaves with occasional pink or purple flowers. Low-growth, compact, cascading growing habit makes this aromatic herb perfect for containers and window boxes. A favorite in Mediterranean and Middle Eastern cuisine. Clovers Garden French Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Garden Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Flavor, Compact Bushy Growth

    Garden Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Flavor, Compact Bushy Growth

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A must-have for marinades, meats, and side dishes, Garden Sage is easy to grow with compact, bushy growth all season long. Pretty sage-green foliage and interesting texture makes it a great container addition combined with flowering annuals. Clovers Garden Garden Sage Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Garden Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Drought Tolerant

    Garden Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Drought Tolerant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A sought-after culinary herb, perfect for meat dishes and marinades, Garden Thyme is easy to grow and is extremely tolerant to drought and prefers dry locations. Clovers Garden Garden Thyme Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Golden Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pretty & Citrusy

    Golden Lemon Thyme | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pretty & Citrusy

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Bright, golden-edged leaves and lemon scent make this Thyme delightful for kitchen and garden both. So delicious with chicken or fish, adding a citrus aroma and light lemony taste. Also good in marinades or to make herbed butter. Clovers Garden Golden Lemon Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Greek Oregano | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Aromatic, Container-Friendly

    Greek Oregano | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Aromatic, Container-Friendly

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Oregano is a great addition to your herb garden and brings in the bright, bold flavor that pairs so well with other strong ingredients like tomatoes, onions, garlic and beef. Greek Oregano has even more aromatic flavor and scent than regular oregano. A great grower and lovely in container gardens. Clovers Garden Greek Oregano Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Italian Oregano | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Flavor, Dries Well

    Italian Oregano | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mild Flavor, Dries Well

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This easy-to-grow herb pairs well with a variety of dishes from sauces to vegetables to marinades and is not as strong-flavored as Greek Oregano. Use it fresh with grilled meats but its best flavor comes our after drying. Just rinse off loose soil, lay flat on a screen in the sun or hang in a bunch to dry and you'll have oregano all winter long! Clovers Garden Italian Oregano Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Lemon Verbena | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Bright, Lemony Herb, Great Grower

    Lemon Verbena | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Bright, Lemony Herb, Great Grower

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Lemon verbena is a delicate herb with lemony scent and flavor. Does well in containers but can get quite large and should be pruned to control growth. Will also do well in partly-shady areas but needs good drainage. Use in tea, infusions, dried in sachets, or as a garnish with fruit desserts. Clovers Garden Lemon Verbena Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Lemongrass (Cymbopogon) | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible, Medicinal Herb

    Lemongrass (Cymbopogon) | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible, Medicinal Herb

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Repel mosquitoes naturally with these beautiful tall Lemongrass Plants! Perfect for foundation plantings, filling deck containers, or planted around your patio, Lemon Grass gives off a heavenly citronella scent that drives mosquitoes away! Bye, bye bugs and the scary diseases they carry. Lemongrass is also edible and can be used all summer for delicious stir fries, lemon-infused teas or vinegars, or use the whole stalk as a meat skewer.  Clovers Garden Lemongrass Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Start growing your mosquito repellent garden today so you can enjoy your yard all summer!

  • Mojito Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Summer Must Have

    Mojito Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Summer Must Have

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. You can't make Mojitos without mint! And once you've tried this delicious fresh herb straight from the garden, you'll wonder why you never planted it before! This particular Mojito Mint plant has only been available in the U.S. since 2006 but it's already one of the most popular mints on the market. Versatile and delicious in cocktails, desserts, and with chicken or fish, you'll love this plant for its hardy growth habit and continuous production. Clovers Garden Mojito Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Nasturtium | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Deliciously Edible!

    Nasturtium | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Deliciously Edible!

    Nasturtium is one of the most interesting plants around with a secret history most growers know nothing about. At different times in history it’s been considered a vegetable, an herb, a flower, and even a fruit! Not only is it a colorful and easy flower to grow, but it is a totally edible medicinal plant that has dozens of uses for the home gardener. Each part of the plant is edible from the flowers to the leaves to the ripened seed pods. The nutritionally dense leaves are full of Vitamin C and Iron and are considered a folk remedy for respiratory ailments and a natural blood detoxifier. Nasturtium plants have a peppery spicy taste which is a wonderful addition to salads such as potato, chicken, and crab, or you can use the whole flowers as an edible garnish for fish dishes. The seed pods when dried can be ground and used like pepper as a seasoning. Clovers Garden Nasturtium Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed For the tastiest nasturtium leaves, keep the plants well-watered which helps moderate the spiciness of the leaves and flowers. It can be placed almost anywhere to grow – full sun, part sun, rich soil, poor soil – the choice is up to the gardener. Space 12” to 18” inches apart as they reseed themselves and fill in nicely. They grow 12” to 20” tall and create a colorful. happy fill in for almost any area. Also a natural aphid attractor so they'll stay away from your other garden plants:  great companion plant for tomatoes, cabbages, radishes and cucumbers as the serve to deter a number of garden pests.

  • Orange Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Filler, Perennial to Zone 5

    Orange Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Great Filler, Perennial to Zone 5

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping.  Orange Mint is a fragrant, lush, attractive plant ideal for gardens and containers alike. The deep green leaves are tinted with shades of orangey-red, and it has a unique, citrusy aroma and flavor. Like all of the mint plants, Orange Mint is a great filler for bare spots in the garden, with the attractive leaves and beautiful pale purple flowers. High in Vitamin A and C, this delicious mint not only adds zest and zing to drinks and dishes but is a healthy menu choice. Use fresh in salads, desserts, garnishes, added to cold drinks, and or as sauce for lamb and fish. Dried Orange Mint leaves are perfect for potpourris and sachets.   Clovers Garden Orange Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart in a full sun to part-sun location in well-draining soil. This variety of mint is heat- and humidity-tolerant so it can survive by water gardens and in moist parts of the garden. Lushest growth occurs in moist soil in partial shade. It will grow up to 24” tall and needs frequent pruning to contain the plant to a specific area. Perennial in most zones, just cut back in the fall and cover with leaves or straw to overwinter.

  • Peppermint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Hardy & Perennial to Zone 4

    Peppermint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Hardy & Perennial to Zone 4

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Peppermint is also naturally bug, deer, and rabbit repellent! Clovers Garden Peppermint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. This plant will spread profusely and thrives as a perennial in Zones 4 and warmer. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Pineapple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Gorgeous Red Blossoms

    Pineapple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Gorgeous Red Blossoms

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely light-green sage plant has a delicate, fruity flavor and adds lovely color to your gardens as it puts out profuse scarlet blooms. A favorite of hummingbirds and butterflies, add it to your deck containers for summer long color. Clovers Garden Pineapple Sage Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Purple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Deer Repellent

    Purple Sage | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Pollinator Favorite, Deer Repellent

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely herb produces beautiful purple flowers making it a great focal point of a any garden! Deer hate it but honey bees and butterflies love it. Delicious with chicken or pork and easy to grow. Clovers Garden Purple Sage Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Santo Cilantro | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Slow to Bolt, Mexican Cuisine Must-Have

    Santo Cilantro | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Slow to Bolt, Mexican Cuisine Must-Have

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A must-have in your summer garden, Cilantro has an unmistakable strong scent and flavor you’ll love in salsas, salads, and even cocktails. This particular variety is slow to bolt so you'll be able to pick it well into late summer. Easy-to-grow with pretty green leaves and delicate white flowers that pollinators love. Don't forget to collect the seeds in the fall – then it’s called Coriander which is equally delicious in Indian and Asian dishes! Clovers Garden Santo Cilantro Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Spearmint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Easy-Grower, Perennial in Most Zones

    Spearmint Mint | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Easy-Grower, Perennial in Most Zones

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Clovers Garden Spearmint Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Spicy Globe Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Bushy Growth, Greek-Style Basil
    Sold out

    Spicy Globe Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Bushy Growth, Greek-Style Basil

    Spicy Globe Basil is a bush basil that grows in a low, wide, compact mound. Also called Greek Basil, this popular European variety is loved for its size, flavor, and tender stems. Great for any garden, but especially for small spaces and containers. This plant is a real time saver because the leaves are tiny and stems are tender so less time pruning and chopping. Because of its compact, round shape, it’s also used as a garden border or edging making it an ornamental herb plant. Clovers Garden spicy Globe Basil Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” inches apart in a full to part sun location in rich, well-draining soil. These plants require regular watering to thrive and grow. As with all other basil types, remove the flower spikes daily to encourage more leaf production. Once the plants have flowered, the leaves will not be as aromatic or tasty.

  • Stevia Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Use Leaves Fresh or Dried

    Stevia Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Use Leaves Fresh or Dried

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely plant is where Stevia you buy in the grocery store comes from. The leaves can be used fresh or dried and are 30x sweeter than sugar with low, low calories. Grown like any other herb, this pretty plant will fill your garden spaces and looks great in containers. Click here to read more at our blog on how to grow and harvest Stevia. Clovers Garden Stevia Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Super Sweet Everbearing Strawberry | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Handles Heat Well

    Super Sweet Everbearing Strawberry | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Handles Heat Well

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Grow your own strawberries at home! This great variety handles temps up to 100 degrees yet stays delicious and sweet. Perfect in jams, jellies, and frozen for smoothies. Plant in a full sun location in the ground or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect from winter cold. What You'll Get with Clovers Garden Strawberry Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Grow as a perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Sweet Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Gardener Favorite, Harvest All Season

    Sweet Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non GMO, Gardener Favorite, Harvest All Season

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Sweet Basil Herb is the most well-known and of all basil varieties and is the key ingredient in Pesto sauces (yes, it’s super easy to make your own pesto!). Basil grows well outdoors or indoors and can easily be moved indoors for the winter. This variety is also a heavy producer and can be continuously harvested all summer. Perfect in pestos, caprese, tomato dishes, soups, salads, sauces, pasta dishes, and seasoned oils and butters. For fullest flavor from your basil leaves, pick before the heat of the day and add in during the last few minutes of cooking. Clovers Garden Sweet Basil Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart inches apart in a compost rich, well-draining soil. Basil plants need 6-8 hours sunlight daily, but benefit from some afternoon shade. Cutting leaves frequently encourages more leaf growth and plant bushiness. As with all basil, pinch flower heads off before they open as the plant will no longer produce the fragrant leaves if it has flowered.

  • Sweet Marjoram | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Use in Soups, Stews & Italian Dishes

    Sweet Marjoram | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Use in Soups, Stews & Italian Dishes

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Sweet Marjoram, also known as Knotted Marjoram, is one of the most popular Mediterranean herbs grown for its culinary and medicinal value. It has a delicate, sweet flavor and subtle pungent taste similar to Oregano. The leaves are used to season soups, stews, dressings, sauces, and Italian and Greek dishes. Fragrant leaves and pretty lavender blossoms make it a great container, window box, or edging plant. Clovers Garden Sweet Marjoram Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Sweet Marjoram prefers a full sun location with a rich well-draining soil. The plants will reach 12” to 24” tall, when full grown. Trim plants when buds appear and before flowering to ensure continued plant growth. In most areas Marjoram will not survive the winter outdoors, so if planted in pots they can be wintered indoors (and you will have fresh herbs all winter long too!)

  • Thai Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Spicy Flavor and Bold Scent

    Thai Basil | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Spicy Flavor and Bold Scent

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely Sweet Thai Basil brings a spicy, anise-clove flavor and hearty aroma to your dishes. It's especially prized for Asian cooking as the flavor holds up under the high heat and extended cooking times of Asian foods. Basil is easy-to-grow, requires full sun, well-drained soil, and Sweet Thai Basil is also great grown in containers. Clovers Garden Sweet Thai Basil Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Toscana Strawberry Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Day-Neutral Variety, Deep Pink Blossoms

    Toscana Strawberry Plant | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Day-Neutral Variety, Deep Pink Blossoms

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A FleuroStar award winner, the Toscana Strawberry Plant brings the wow-factor to your garden with gorgeous deep pink blossoms and lush foliage. Oh, and lots and lots of fresh juicy strawberries! This variety is a day-neutral strawberry meaning that these will flower and bear fruit continuously from summer through fall as long as the temperatures do not get above 90°F for extended periods of time. Hardy in USDA zones 3 to 9, this variety also is a more gentle spreader which makes it perfect for small spaces and containers. An excellent choice fresh eating and summer desserts but also freezes well for a sweet wintertime treat. Plant in a full sun location in the garden or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect from winter cold. Clovers Garden Toscana Strawberry Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Trailing Rosemary | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Cascading Growth, Versatile Uses

    Trailing Rosemary | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Cascading Growth, Versatile Uses

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This Trailing or Creeping Rosemary variety is beautiful draping over a rock wall or cascading from hanging baskets and raised containers. With the same culinary uses as standard Rosemary, this delicious herb can be used fresh or dried as for flavoring for meat, bread, vegetables, stews, soups, and is especially yummy with roasted meats. Clovers Garden Trailing Rosemary Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Tricolor Sage Herb Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Aromatic Herb, Interesting Color & Texture

    Tricolor Sage Herb Plants | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Aromatic Herb, Interesting Color & Texture

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This gorgeous herb brings interesting color and texture to every container and is a pollinator favorite! Easy-to-grow with a nice bushy appearance and beautiful tri-colored leaves in purple, white, and green, Tricolor Sage stays compact and grows to about two-feet tall making it a great addition to planters. This herb is a easy to dry and delicious with chicken, pork, or savory dishes. Clovers Garden Tricolor Sage Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. All Season Harvest – just snip what you need for dinner or pick large bunches for drying. Plant will continue to grow and benefits from regular cuttings. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Upright Rosemary | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Ornamental & Edible

    Upright Rosemary | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Ornamental & Edible

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. One of everyone’s favorite herbs, Upright Rosemary makes a pretty ornamental shrub with its spikey, grayish needle-like foliage and pretty lavender-blue flowers and narrow upright form. Rosemary’s needle-like leaves are a chef’s mainstay for savory breads, herbal butters, vegetables, and roasted meats. The dainty bluish-purple flowers that appear mid-summer are beautiful in floral arrangements but also edible as a garnish. The aromatic and savory leaves can be used fresh or dried and used all year round. Clovers Garden Upright Rosemary Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

  • Variegated Nasturtium (Alaska) | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Deliciously Edible, Trap Plant for Veggie Gardens!

    Variegated Nasturtium (Alaska) | Two Live Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Deliciously Edible, Trap Plant for Veggie Gardens!

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Nasturtium is one of the most interesting plants around with a secret history most growers know nothing about. At different times in history it’s been considered a vegetable, an herb, a flower, and even a fruit! Not only is it a colorful and easy flower to grow, but it is a totally edible medicinal plant that has dozens of uses for the home gardener. Each part of the plant is edible from the flowers to the leaves to the ripened seed pods. The nutritionally dense leaves are full of Vitamin C and Iron and have a peppery, spicy taste which is a wonderful addition to salads such as potato, chicken, and crab, or you can use the whole flowers as an edible garnish for fish dishes. The seed pods when dried can be ground and used like pepper as a seasoning. Clovers Garden Variegated Nasturtium (Alaska) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed For the tastiest nasturtium leaves, keep the plants well-watered which helps moderate the spiciness of the leaves and flowers. It can be placed almost anywhere to grow – full sun, part sun, rich soil, poor soil – the choice is up to the gardener. Space 12” to 18” inches apart as they reseed themselves and fill in nicely. They grow 12” to 20” tall and create a colorful. happy fill in for almost any area. Also a natural aphid attractor so they'll stay away from your other garden plants:  great companion plant for tomatoes, cabbages, radishes and cucumbers as the serve to deter a number of garden pests.

  • Ajuga Burgundy Glow (Bugleweed) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Shade-Tolerant, Pollinator Favorite

    Ajuga Burgundy Glow (Bugleweed) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Shade-Tolerant, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Ajuga Burgundy Glow (also known as Bugleweed) grows in a dense green- and purple-leafed carpet with spikes of clusters of purplish-blue, tubular flowers. These spikes can grow as tall as 14” and the plant puts out blooms all summer long. This perennial plant is technically part of the mint family with a low, mounding growth habit of purple-green leaves. As with all other mint-family plants, this plant will send out overground runners which produce rosette-like leaves that will take root if not removed or transplanted. This plant does well in medium-moisture, well drained soils and shady environments but can also tolerate more sunny locations and drier soils. Plant with taller plants for sun protection. Clovers Garden Ajuga Burgundy Glow (Bugleweed) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Artemisia Silver Mound | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Perfect Edging Plant, Tolerates Drought

    Artemisia Silver Mound | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Perfect Edging Plant, Tolerates Drought

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Artemisia Silver Mound is a fast-growing perennial with silver-green foliage that grows in a mound. Perfect for edging landscaping beds or planted along pathways. The gorgeous fernlike leaves give unique contrasting brightness and interesting texture to your garden. Stems hold up well to cutting for bouquets and the plant will actually do better if trimmed frequently Sometimes called Wormwood or Mugwort, this variety of Artemisia will grow to 10” to 14” high and 16” wide. Plant prefers sun but will tolerate partial shade. Also not picky about soil conditions and will grow just about anywhere including areas prone to drought. Plant is also deer resistant so makes a great companion to veggie gardens! Bright silver lacy mounded foliage is great for edging. Artemisia are prized for their silver leaves and excellent texture. Artemisia Silver Mound is one of the most popular silver foliage plants. Perfect near a meandering path or front of the border where its fine texture can be enjoyed. Clovers Garden Artemisia Silver Mound Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Fantastic Edging Plant – plant along pathways or garden edges for an interesting, low-growth filler. Whimsical fairy garden addition! Perennial in Zones 4 through 8 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossom. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Astilbe Red (Arendsii Fanal) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Plant in Shade, Pollinator Favorite, Deer Resistant

    Astilbe Red (Arendsii Fanal) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Plant in Shade, Pollinator Favorite, Deer Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Astilbe is a must-have for shade gardens. With a dark green, bronzy fern-like foliage and tall upright, bright red flower stems, Astible Fanal makes a beautiful combo with hostas. This plant is love by butterflies but deters rabbits and deer. The tall bushy red blooms fade to interesting fall and winter seedheads. Perennial in zones 4 to 9, the Astilbe flower makes lovely cut or dried flower. Plant in areas with lots of shade and consistent water – great for borders and edging but also looks good all on its own in a container. Will grow to about 20” high and wide and spreads well from year to year. Clovers Garden Astilbe Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – Hummingbirds and bees love these plants but deer and rabbits hate them! Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 9– with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Growing Requirements – requires full shade and consistent moisture. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Backyard Prairie Garden Kit | Three Live Plants | Perennial Rudbeckia, Coreopsis, Echinacea

    Backyard Prairie Garden Kit | Three Live Plants | Perennial Rudbeckia, Coreopsis, Echinacea

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, these three hardy perennials adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. Each is a pollinator favorite and all roughly bloom at the same time so you’ll have plenty of food for bees and butterflies and bouquets for your kitchen. We’ve selected this combination of plants – Purple Coneflower, Rudbeckia (Black-Eyed Susan), and Moonbeam Coreopsis because they all prefer the same growing conditions and thrive in Zones 4 to 9. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. They will spread and fill out with each season and are super low maintenance once planted. Perfect to plant against a foundation wall or in a sunny spot in your garden. Mid-summer to early fall is the best time to plant these perennials! Mid-summer to early fall is the best time to plant these perennials! Clovers Garden Native Prairie Bundle Includes: Three Large, Live plants: ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. One each: Purple Coneflower, Rudbeckia, and Coreopsis. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids: plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development: plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite: birds, especially goldfinches, love the seeds of these flowers and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest: all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging: your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone: best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 4 and warmer. Growing Requirements: prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground.

  • Bee Balm "Balmy Lilac" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Bee Balm "Balmy Lilac" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Lilac, has lighter pink flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Bee Balm "Balmy Pink" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Bee Balm "Balmy Pink" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Pink, has magenta pink flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Bee Balm "Balmy Purple" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Bee Balm "Balmy Purple" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Purple, has purple flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Bee Balm "Jacob Kline" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Bee Balm "Jacob Kline" (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Jacob Kline, has brilliant red flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Bee Balm Balmy Rose (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Bee Balm Balmy Rose (Monarda) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Rose, has dark pink flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground. Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Black Eyed Susan (Rudbeckia) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Black Eyed Susan (Rudbeckia) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely, traditional perennial wildflower, Black Eyed Susan (Gloriosa Daisy), has bright yellow petals surrounding a dark brown center. Each plant starts blooming in mid-summer but really shines as the days get a little cooler. With a full, bushy growth habit, Rudbeckia typically grows to about 2’ to 3’ and is the perfect addition to foundation and landscape plantings. It will attract a host of pollinators, holds up well as a cut flower, and will only get bigger and fuller with each year. This plant is perennial in zones 3 and warmer but will do better if mulched over in very cold climates. These hardy, low-maintenance perennials are easy to grow, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden Black Eyed Susan (Rudbeckia) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Pollinator Favorite – Birds, bees, and butterflies will visit this flower all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground and mulch with straw if you’re in zones 4 or colder. Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Blanket Flower Arizona Red Shades (Gaillardia)  | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Blanket Flower Arizona Red Shades (Gaillardia) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This brightly colored, flowering perennial is a cottage and French garden favorite. This variety or Gaillardia, Arizona Red Shade, has bright red petals, faintly tipped in yellow and orange with a large, yellow seedhead. Truly stunning in any garden and a gorgeous, long-lasting cut flower with sturdy stems. Blanket Flower blooms all summer and will attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds. Plant grows in a compact mound that gets to about 24” wide and tall and makes a great addition to foundation plantings and smaller gardens. Blanket Flower plants prefer full sun to partial shade; well-drained, loamy soil; and will bloom from mid-summer to first frost. Deadheading encourages more flower growth. This plant is a hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer. If planting in containers, roots must be protected from freezing temperatures. Clovers Garden Blanket Flower (Gaillardia spp.) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – prefers full sun to partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Blanket Flower Arizona Sun (Gaillardia)  | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Blanket Flower Arizona Sun (Gaillardia) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This brightly colored, flowering perennial is a cottage and French garden favorite. This variety or Gaillardia, Arizona Sun, has lovely yellow-orange-pink variegated petals with a large, dark seedhead. Truly stunning in any garden and a gorgeous, long-lasting cut flower with sturdy stems. Blanket Flower blooms all summer and will attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds. Plant grows in a compact mound that gets to about 24” wide and tall and makes a great addition to foundation plantings and smaller gardens. Blanket Flower plants prefer full sun to partial shade; well-drained, loamy soil; and will bloom from mid-summer to first frost. Deadheading encourages more flower growth. This plant is a hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer. If planting in containers, roots must be protected from freezing temperatures. Clovers Garden Blanket Flower (Gaillardia spp.) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Blue Fescue (Festuca Elijah Blue) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low Growth Ornamental Grass

    Blue Fescue (Festuca Elijah Blue) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low Growth Ornamental Grass

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Blue Fescue (Festuca Elijah Blue) is an outstanding perennial ornamental grass that adds interest and silvery blue-green color to your garden. This variety has a low growth, clumping habit with lovely tall, feathery fronds that emerge in the late summer. Does well in dry, loose areas; rock gardens; and slopes. Once established, it can tolerate drought and heat. Blue Fescue is perennial in zones 4 and warmer and the plant will retain some of its color all winter. Makes a great edging or groundcover plant and is a stunning addition to containers. Trim back to about 2” before new leaves emerge in the spring. Clovers Garden Blue Fescue Ornamental Grass Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial plants, ornamental grass, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Great Foundation Plant – low growth, clumping habit makes Blue Fescue perfect for edging, rock gardens, and groundcover. Can be planted in a container for stunning effect but roots must be protected for winter. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 11 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. Winter interest – plant is semi-evergreen and tall fronds can be cut for fall and winter arrangements of left in place for height and interest. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water, tolerates drought and dry soils. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Buddleia Nanho Blue (Butterfly Bush) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flowering Shrub, Cottage Garden Must-Have, Pollinator Favorite

    Buddleia Nanho Blue (Butterfly Bush) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flowering Shrub, Cottage Garden Must-Have, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Commonly called Butterfly Bush, Buddleia Nanho Blue, is flowering deciduous shrub loved by butterflies and hummingbirds. Perennial in Zones 5 to 9, this plant flowers late in spring and will produce blossoms through the first hard frost. Each flower is large with thousands of small purplish-blue flowers that grow in a lilac-shaped bloom. Branches are covered in willowy gray-green foliage and abundant blossoms that gracefully arch over shorter plants making Buddleia a fantastic choice for perennial gardens.  Butterfly Bush prefers full sun and well-drained, loose soil. This plant will not do well in clay soils that are routinely damp. Buddleia grows quickly, can get as large as 5’ tall and benefits from regular pruning to control its shape and size. Flowers make fragrant and lovely cut flower arrangements and the more you snip it, the more it will blossom! Clovers Garden Buddleia Nanho Blue (Butterfly Bush) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Monarch & Pollinator Favorite – this plant is called Butterfly Bush for a reason! You will be amazed by the variety of butterflies it attracts as well as hummingbirds and bees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 5 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossom. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Butterfly Milkweed (Asclepias Tuberosa) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Monarch Favorite, Super Hardy

    Butterfly Milkweed (Asclepias Tuberosa) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Monarch Favorite, Super Hardy

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Asclepias Tuberosa (also called Butterfly Milkweed or Butterfly Weed) is truly every gardener’s favorite perennial plant. Tall, upright stems bursting in gorgeous tangerine-orange blossoms that attract pollinators including Monarchs! Super hardy and easy to grow, this plant will fill your garden with beautiful blooms, bees, butterflies, and birds for years to come. The green seed pods add interest fall through winter and can be saved for dried arrangements. Asclepias grows to about 24” high, 24” wide, and will spread each year. Blooms open nearly all summer long and sturdy stems provide lovely green foliage in the garden. This plant prefers full sun and even thrives in hot, dry gardens; is perennial in Zones 3 to 9; and can tolerate nearly any soil condition including seaside salty locations! Clovers Garden Asclepias Tuberosa Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Monarch Must-Have & Pollinator Favorite – this plant is one of the few plants that Monarch Butterflies will lay eggs on! Plant support caterpillars as they grow into butterflies and nectar supports butterflies as they make their long journey. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Campanula (Bellflower) Rapido Blue | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Early Spring Bloomer, Hummingbird & Bee Favorite

    Campanula (Bellflower) Rapido Blue | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Early Spring Bloomer, Hummingbird & Bee Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This pretty purple-blue Bellflower (Campanula Rapido Blue) is a must have for English Cottage Gardens. Pretty, bell-shaped flowers dot spiky stems that grow to about 7” and blooms in early spring over compact, mounded foliage. An easy-to-grow hardy plant, Bellflower is perennial in zones 3 to 8, deer resistant but loved by bees and hummingbirds.  Plant as a groundcover, in rock gardens, or as a pretty foundation front-of-garden edging. Will grow in full sun to partial shade and prefers protection from hot afternoon sun. Clovers Garden Bellflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – Hummingbirds and bees love these easy-access blossoms especially as an early spring food source. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 8 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossom. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Candytuft (Iberis) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low Growth, Great for Edging & Rock Gardens, Pollinator Fave.

    Candytuft (Iberis) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low Growth, Great for Edging & Rock Gardens, Pollinator Fave.

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Candytuft (Iberis) is an edging showstopper with mountains of cascading snow-white flowers that pollinators just love! Foliage stays a dark green making for a lovely contrast with the flowers and an interesting garden for evening, low-light settings. Plant along walkways, on slopes, and in rock gardens, this perennial flower will quickly fill in the gaps. Candytuft is perennial in Zones 3 to 9 and prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade. Plant also prefers normal sandy soil and can tolerate dry locations including seaside, salty soils. Iberis grows in a low mound about 6” high and flowers form right on top of leaves in mid-spring to early summer. After flowering (or in early spring), shear off to 4” to encourage foliage growth. Deer and rabbits will avoid this plant but bees and butterflies love it.  Clovers Garden Candytuft (Iberis) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Catmint (Nepeta) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial Herb, Pollinator Favorite

    Catmint (Nepeta) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial Herb, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This versatile, aromatic plant features lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-violet blossoms that pollinators LOVE. A low-maintenance plant with compact, bushy growth, Catmint prefers full sun but can tolerate shade. Can grow in most moisture conditions but does not prefer overly wet soils. Blooms from mid-summer through first frost and can be used in sachets, herbal teas, and as a mosquito repellent. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant will spread and benefits from regular pruning. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, Russian Sage for a lovely garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Clovers Garden Catmint Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Mosquito Repellent – this plant has a minty scent which deer, rabbits, and biting insects will avoid. Tiny flowers also attract honeybees and other pollinators. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Columbine Earlybird Mix (Aquilegia) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Columbine Earlybird Mix (Aquilegia) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This early- to mid-spring perennial flower produces tall spike flower stems with nodding, tubular flowers of varied and vibrant colors. Columbine is a hummingbird favorite and gives them a much-needed source of food in early spring. This versatile plant looks great in foundations and borders and is a great complement to later blooming perennials like Bee Balm or Rudbeckia. Columbine is easy to grow, hardy in USDA zones 3 to 9, and prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade. A very low maintenance plant, just trim back after blooming and you’re done! Also makes an interesting flower for spring bouquets and arrangements. Clovers Garden Columbine (Aquilegia) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial flowering plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Growing Requirements – prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, adapts to most water and soil conditions. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Coneflower (Echinacea Purpurea) Purple | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Coneflower (Echinacea Purpurea) Purple | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, this hardy perennial adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. The flower grows in a cone-shaped manner with large seed center and purple, daisy-like petals. Easy to grow in nearly all conditions, Purple Coneflower is a pollinator favorite and works well in a cutting garden. The flowers dry easily for herbal teas, infusions, or sachets. Plant will bloom from mid-summer to late fall and pairs well with Black-Eyed Susans, Coreopsis, and Blanket Flowers in foundation plantings. Will spread and fill in quickly. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden Purple Coneflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite – birds, especially goldfinch, love the seeds of coneflower and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Coneflower (Echinacea) Primadonna Deep Rose | Two Live Plants | Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Coneflower (Echinacea) Primadonna Deep Rose | Two Live Plants | Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, this hardy perennial adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. The flower grows in a cone-shaped manner with large seed center and deep rose, daisy-like petals. Easy to grow in nearly all conditions, Primadonna Deep Rose Coneflower is a pollinator favorite and works well in a cutting garden. The flowers dry easily for herbal teas, infusions, or sachets. Plant will bloom from mid-summer to late fall and pairs well with other colors of Echinacea, Black-Eyed Susans, Coreopsis, and Blanket Flowers in foundation plantings. Will spread and fill in quickly. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden Primadonna Deep Rose Coneflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite – birds, especially goldfinch, love the seeds of coneflower and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Coneflower (Echinacea) Primadonna White | Two Live Plants | Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Coneflower (Echinacea) Primadonna White | Two Live Plants | Hardy Flowering Perennial

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, this hardy perennial adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. The flower grows in a cone-shaped manner with large seed center and snowy white, daisy-like petals. Easy to grow in nearly all conditions, White Coneflower (Echinacea) is a pollinator favorite and works well in a cutting garden. The flowers dry easily for herbal teas, infusions, or sachets. Plant will bloom from mid-summer to late fall and pairs well with other colors of Echinacea, Black-Eyed Susans, Coreopsis, and Blanket Flowers in foundation plantings. Will spread and fill in quickly. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden White Coneflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite – birds, especially goldfinch, love the seeds of coneflower and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Coral Bells (Heuchera) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Compact Plant Tolerates Sun and Shade, Pollinator Favorite

    Coral Bells (Heuchera) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Compact Plant Tolerates Sun and Shade, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Coral Bells (Heuchera) adds interest and color to your Cottage Garden with a compact, bushy leaves in deep green and wiry stems filled with tiny bell-shaped flowers. This variety, Bressingham Hybrids, is an old-fashioned styled Heuchera and the scarlet red blooms fill your garden in the early summer. Perennial in Zones 4 to 9, this plant will get to approximately 28” high (including the flower) and will spread to make a fantastic front-of-garden groundcover. A perfect choice to edging pathways, filling in rock gardens, or even planting in large containers. A pollinator favorite, this plant also does well in all soil types and in nearly all locations from full sun to full shade. Coral Bells require moderate watering and well-drained soils. Plant is also deer resistant! Clovers Garden Coral Bells (Heuchera) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – hummingbirds and bees love this flower and will spend hours working on each individual tubular flower. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. Can be planted in containers but roots must be protected for overwintering. Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Coreopsis "Moonbeam" (Tickseed) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Coreopsis "Moonbeam" (Tickseed) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. A must-have for cottage and cutting gardens, Coreopsis (also called Tickseed) plants are known for their bright and cheerful daisy-like flowers. This variety, Moonbeam Coreopsis, has pale yellow leaves with a darker yellow seedhead and will grow to be between 1-3 feet tall and can spread up to 2 feet wide. Similar to Cosmos, Coreopsis puts out hundreds of blossoms on sturdy stems that hold up well in bouquets. Coreopsis prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade; will thrive in all soil conditions; and are a low-maintenance plant. They will spread but not too aggressively and are a great addition to landscaping and foundation plantings. Plant is a hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer. Clovers Garden Coreopsis Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Delphinium Black Knight (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flower Spikes that Bloom All Summer

    Delphinium Black Knight (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flower Spikes that Bloom All Summer

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This garden stunner is a must-have for cut flowers and pollinators. Delphinium Black Knight (Larkspur) is perennial in zones 3 to 9 and will grow to nearly 6’ tall! Each flower spike is packed with dark purple-blue flowers with a light interior (which is a beacon to bees and butterflies). Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. The large upright stalks make the perfect backdrop for shorter flowering perennials. Combine with other favorites such as Shasta Daisy or Moonbeam Coreopsis. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Delphinium also does not like humidity so space at least 24” apart so they get air flow on muggy days. Plant will benefit from support (such as a fence or flower stakes) as tall flower spikes can be damaged by wind. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Black Knight (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Delphinium Blue Mirror (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flower Spikes

    Delphinium Blue Mirror (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flower Spikes

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This garden stunner is a must-have for cut flowers and pollinators. Delphinium Blue Mirror (Larkspur) is perennial in zones 3 to 9 and will grow to nearly 6’ tall! Each flower spike is packed with small flowers with unique petal structures in shades of blue. The flower shape is a bee and hummingbird favorite and they'll spend time visiting each bloom.  Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. The large upright stalks make the perfect backdrop for shorter flowering perennials. Combine with other favorites such as Shasta Daisy or Moonbeam Coreopsis. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Soil acidity with affect color of the blossoms. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Delphinium also does not like humidity so space at least 24” apart so they get air flow on muggy days. Plant will benefit from support (such as a fence or flower stakes) as tall flower spikes can be damaged by wind. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Blue Mirror (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial in Zones 3 through 7. With proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Pollinator Favorite. Bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Season long harvest. Have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements. Requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Delphinium Magic Fountains (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flower Spikes

    Delphinium Magic Fountains (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Large Flower Spikes

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This garden stunner is a must-have for cut flowers and pollinators. Delphinium Magic Fountains Mix (Larkspur) is perennial in zones 3 to 7 and will grow to nearly 6’ tall! Each flower spike is packed with small flowers in a range of hues from white to pink to lavender to purple. The flower shape is a bee and hummingbird favorite and they'll spend time visiting each bloom.  Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. The large upright stalks make the perfect backdrop for shorter flowering perennials. Combine with other favorites such as Shasta Daisy or Moonbeam Coreopsis. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Delphinium also does not like humidity so space at least 24” apart so they get air flow on muggy days. Plant will benefit from support (such as a fence or flower stakes) as tall flower spikes can be damaged by wind. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Magic Fountains (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial in Zones 3 through 7. With proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Pollinator Favorite. Bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Season long harvest. Have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements. Requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Delphinium Summer Blues (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Dwarf Variety

    Delphinium Summer Blues (Larkspur) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Dwarf Variety

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This dwarf variety of Delphinium is a low-growing, short-lived perennial with branching sprays of sky blue flowers and fern-like, lacy leaves. This variety, Summer Blues, will bloom from early to late summer and grows to about 12-inches tall in a compact, bushy mound. This variety is also more heat tolerant and makes a perfect front-of-garden flower. Bees and hummingbirds love it, deer and rabbits will avoid it! Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Soil acidity with affect color of the blossoms. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Summer Blues (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial in Zones 3 through 7. With proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Pollinator Favorite. Bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Season long harvest. Have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements. Requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Dianthus Firewitch (Pinks) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low-Growth, Pink Flowers, Classic Cottage Garden Flower

    Dianthus Firewitch (Pinks) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low-Growth, Pink Flowers, Classic Cottage Garden Flower

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. Dianthus Firewitch (also called Pinks) is the classic English and Cottage Gardens flower with low growth habit of ice-blue leaves covered all summer in hot pink-purple blossoms. Even in cold zones, the leaves stay evergreen for winter interest. Perennial in zones 3 to 9, this plant also thrives in hot, dry locations but can also tolerate some shade. Grows to 10” to 12” high and makes a fantastic groundcover and front of garden plant. Dainty clusters of flowers have a delicate clove scent and hold up well in bouquets. Cut back after first bloom to encourage more blossoms and bushier growth. Butterflies and bees love this plant but deer hate it! Clovers Garden Dianthus Firewitch Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and hummingbirds love this flower and will spend hours working on each individual bloom. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, Mosquito Repellent Plant

    English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, Mosquito Repellent Plant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. This true English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue is a perennial plant in zones 5 to 8. Known for its compact growth habit, beautiful and fragrant flowers, this lavender plant is a must-have in your garden. Foliage is a lovely grayish-green and the plant only grows to about 18” to 24” high making it a great edging plant. The scent of lavender, though, is what makes this a gardener’s favorite. Perfect in cut arrangements, dried for sachets, and even infused in vinegar or oil, Lavender also is a natural mosquito, deer, and rabbit repellent. It tolerates hot, dry locations and works well in containers as an annual plant. Group multiple plants together for a stunning effect all summer long that will attract pollinators and neighbors! Clovers Garden English Lavender Hidcote Blue Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 3” to 5” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, treat as a tender annual all other Zones. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – fantastic cutting garden addition, flowers are lovely fresh; dried in arrangements or sachets; or infused in oil or vinegar. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Tolerates hot and dry conditions and deer and rabbit resistant. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) Camelot Mix | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, 4’ Tall Flowering Spikes, Hummingbird Favorite

    Foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) Camelot Mix | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, 4’ Tall Flowering Spikes, Hummingbird Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) is another classic English garden favorite with dramatic spikes of bell-shaped flowers that hummingbirds cannot resist. This variety, Camelot Mix, includes a color mix of pink, white, lavender, and mauve. Will bloom throughout the summer, adds an amazing vertical accent to your garden, and is gorgeous when planted with other blooming perennials such as Purple Coneflower or Bee Balm. Makes a fabulous cut flower! Plant is perennial in zones 4 to 9, will tolerate both shade and heat so it can be planted nearly anywhere. The tall flowers can grow to over 4 feet high and will benefit from support such as a fence or plant stake. Plant can be cut back to base after first bloom to encourage more growth. In the fall, leave any new growth intact for overwintering.  Note: All parts of this plant are toxic to people and pets. Clovers Garden Foxglove Camelot Mix Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Hummingbird Favorite – hummingbirds especially love this flower and will spend hours working on each individual tubular flower. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Hosta Francee | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Shade Perennial

    Hosta Francee | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Shade Perennial

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely white and deep-green hosta is a shade garden must-have! Hosta Francee grows in a lovely, full mounded shape and grows to about 24-inches wide with full coverage of soil. Plant emerges in early spring and stays full and lush until first frost, a perennial plant in USDA zones 3 to 9. Like all hostas, this plant does well in every shade setting and can tolerate filtered, morning light.  The variegated light and dark coloring of the leaves brightens up shady spots and adds visual interest to other blooming plants. Combine with other color varieties of hostas for extra garden style and to frame your other blossoming plants. In mid-summer, the plant will produce tall flower stems with tubular blossoms that hummingbirds and other pollinators love. Both the leaves and flowers are beautiful in cut arrangements. Clovers Garden Hosta Francee Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial shade plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long foliage – plants stay green and lush from spring through fall and create a weed-suppressing canopy for foundation plantings. Growing Requirements – prefers shade but can tolerate filtered light, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Hosta Guacamole | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Shade Plant

    Hosta Guacamole | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Shade Plant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely light green with dark edging hosta is a shade garden must-have! Hosta Guacamole grows in a lovely, full mounded shape and grows to about 24-inches wide with full coverage of soil. Plant emerges in early spring and stays full and lush until first frost, a perennial plant in USDA zones 3 to 9. Like all hostas, this plant does well in every shade setting and can tolerate filtered, morning light.  The variegated light and dark coloring of the leaves brightens up shady spots and adds visual interest to other blooming plants. Combine with other color varieties of hostas for extra garden style and to frame your other blossoming plants. In mid-summer, the plant will produce tall flower stems with tubular blossoms that hummingbirds and other pollinators love. Both the leaves and flowers are beautiful in cut arrangements. Clovers Garden Hosta Guacamole Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial shade plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long foliage – plants stay green and lush from spring through fall and create a weed-suppressing canopy for foundation plantings. Growing Requirements – prefers shade but can tolerate filtered light, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Lupine Gallery Mix (Lupinus) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial Flower

    Lupine Gallery Mix (Lupinus) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Perennial Flower

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. An American classic, Lupines are often seen on the edges of prairies and forests, loaded with blossoms in early- to mid-summer. This variety is a smaller (dwarf) version of those you see in the wild and are well adapted to backyard gardens and even containers.  Each plant will produce spikes of 18-inch tall flower stems densely loaded with small blossoms that bees, hummingbirds, and pollinators just love. This mix comes in shades of yellow, pink, red, purple and blue. Each plant will produce multiple flower stems. After the blossoms fade, the interesting wide, umbrella-like leaf structure adds interest to your flower beds and creates a canopy that helps suppress weed growth and frames other blossoming flowers. Clovers Garden Lupine Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Gorgeous blossoms and Interesting Foliage – plant will flower in early- to mid-summer and umbrella-like leaves create interest all season long. Quick Start Planting Guide – made just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Russian Sage | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite, Drought Tolerant

    Russian Sage | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite, Drought Tolerant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This hardy perennial adds lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-purple blossoms that pollinators LOVE. Easy to grow in all conditions including hot, dry spots, Russian Sage is a great addition to any garden and will bloom profusely from mid-summer to first freeze. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant gets quite large (up to 4' wide and tall) and will spread. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, and other prairie wildflowers for a stunning garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Note: this plant is not actually an herbal sage and is not edible! Leaves can be dried and used in potpourri or sachets. Clovers Garden Russian Sage (Perovskia atriplicifolia): Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Pollinator Favorite – bumblebees and honey bees love this plant. The tall purple flower spikes will be filled with buzzing by mid-summer! Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Salvia | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Hummingbird Favorite

    Salvia | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Hummingbird Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Salvia (Meadow Sage) plants are known for their tall spikes of flowers that bloom all summer long and are a hummingbird favorite. This variety puts out gorgeous pinkish-purple blossoms that grow to be between 18-36 inches tall. The plant will spread up to 24 inches wide and only gets bigger with each year. A great addition to cutting gardens, pollinators love this plant. Plant in containers or in foundations, Salvia prefers full sun and rich, organic, well-drained soil. Let soils dry out slightly between waterings and deadhead frequently to encourage more blossoms. Hardy in zones 5 and warmer. Clovers Garden Salvia Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Scabiosa Butterfly Blue (Pincushion) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low Growth, Great for Edging, Blooms Spring to Fall

    Scabiosa Butterfly Blue (Pincushion) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Low Growth, Great for Edging, Blooms Spring to Fall

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Scabiosa (also called Pincushion) is a compact, perennial (Zones 3 to 8) that grows to about 15” tall. This variety, Butterfly Blue, has nearly 2” flowers with a frilly, flat lavender petals surround a paler lavender center and the stamens look like pins which is how it got its “pincushion” name. Foliage is fern-like and a lovely blue-gray-green that makes a nice backdrop for lighter colored plants and flowers. Loved by pollinators, this easy to grow plant tolerates full sun to partial shade. Its low-growing habit makes it perfect for edging, rock gardens, and front-of-garden placements. Scabiosa does not like wet roots so it must be planted somewhere with good drainage and will tolerate drier soils. Flowers grow on graceful stems and hold up well in cut arrangements and this little darling is often seen in wedding bouquets. Plant blooms from spring until frost and the more you cut it, the more it will blossom. Plant is also deer resistant. Clovers Garden Scabiosa Butterfly Blue Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 8 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Sedum Autumn Fire | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Fall Flowers, Sturdy Stems, Butterfly Favorite, Rabbit Resistant

    Sedum Autumn Fire | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Fall Flowers, Sturdy Stems, Butterfly Favorite, Rabbit Resistant

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. A classic fall garden favorite, Sedum Autumn Fire has stunning, large brick red flowers on sturdy stems. Also called Stonecrop, Sedum is a hardy plant perennial in Zones 3 to 9. The perfect addition to flower gardens, this plant blooms in fall as other flowers begin to fade. No trimming needed, the dried stems and flowers also make an interesting addition to the winter garden. Pollinators love this plant, too, and many rely on it for fall food when other sources start to wane. Sedum prefer full sun but will tolerate partial shade and most types of soil as long as they have good drainage. Similar to a succulent, they do not need a lot of water. Plant will grow to about 24” tall and 15” wide. Don’t worry if you don’t see these popping through right away in spring! They are slow spring starters but will fill in nicely once it warms up. A good choice for sloping sites and even do well in containers (roots must be protected for winter). This plant is also deer- and rabbit-resistant! Clovers Garden Sedum Autumn Fire Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – a great food source for butterflies and bees in the fall when other flowers have faded. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Fall Flower Must Have – gorgeous in fall arrangements or dried for wreathes. Leave the stalks and blossoms standing for interesting winter structure Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Shasta Daisy (Leucanthemum) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Shasta Daisy (Leucanthemum) | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Looking for old-fashioned charm and whimsy in your garden? The Shasta Daisy has classic daisy-like flowers with classic white petals, bright yellow center, and a sturdy stem that hold up well in bouquets. Shasta Daisy plants prefer full sun to partial shade; well-drained soil that is rich in organic matter; and consistent water. A low-maintenance plant, it will grow to be 36” tall and 24” wide. Combine with other flowering perennials like Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, and Russian Sage, this plant is a hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer. If using in a container, roots must be protected from freezing temperatures. Clovers Garden Shasta daisy (Leucanthemum) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 5 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Veronica “Giles Van Hees” (Speedwell) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Blooms All Summer, Hummingbird Favorite, Tolerates Dry or Salty Soil

    Veronica “Giles Van Hees” (Speedwell) | Two Live Perennial Plants | Non-GMO, Blooms All Summer, Hummingbird Favorite, Tolerates Dry or Salty Soil

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Veronica or Speedwell is an English Garden essential with glossy, green leaves and lovely 6” spikes of clustered flowers. This variety, Giles Van Hees, puts out a lovely dark pink blossom perfect for cut bouquets. This tidy plant will not take over its garden but will continue to blossom for years. A great foundation plant but also looks lovely in containers (note: when planted in pots, this plant may not survive freezing temperatures). Perennial in zones 3 to 8, this hardy plant tolerates dry or salty soils and sun or partial shade. Veronica is a butterfly and hummingbird favorite but deer and rabbits will leave it alone. A great cutting garden addition and one everyone will treasure. Clovers Garden Veronica (Speedwell) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – loved by hummingbirds and butterflies but deer and rabbits will leave alone. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting, grows as a perennial in Zones 3 to 8. Can be planted in containers but roots must be protected during freezing winter months. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and all soil types including clay, dry, and salty soils. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground. Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Yarrow "Cerise Queen" (Achillea) Plants  | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Yarrow "Cerise Queen" (Achillea) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Yarrow (Achillea Millefolium) plants are known for their feathery foliage and flat-topped clusters of flowers. They typically grow to 36” tall and can spread up to 24” wide. They attract pollinators such as butterflies and bees and make a fantastic cut flower which dry easily for fall arrangements. This variety, Cerise Queen, has a dark pink flowers with creamy white centers.  Plant prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade. Yarrow is easy to grow and will do well in all soil conditions include dry spots. Deadheading is recommending to promote blossom growth. Hardy perennial is zones 3 and warmer. Clovers Garden Yarrow (Achillea) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Yarrow "Summer Pastels" (Achillea) Plants  | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Yarrow "Summer Pastels" (Achillea) Plants | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Hardy Flowering Perennial, Pollinator Favorite

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Yarrow (Achillea Millefolium) plants are known for their feathery foliage and flat-topped clusters of flowers. This variety, Summer Pastels, blooms in a variety of colors, including yellow, pink, red, and white. They typically grow to 36” tall and can spread up to 24” wide. They attract pollinators such as butterflies and bees and make a fantastic cut flower which dry easily for fall arrangements. Plant prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade. Yarrow is easy to grow and will do well in all soil conditions include dry spots. Deadheading is recommending to promote blossom growth. Hardy perennial is zones 3 and warmer. Clovers Garden Yarrow (Achillea) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

  • Lemongrass (Cymbopogon) | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible, Medicinal Herb

    Lemongrass (Cymbopogon) | Two Live Herb Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Edible, Medicinal Herb

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Repel mosquitoes naturally with these beautiful tall Lemongrass Plants! Perfect for foundation plantings, filling deck containers, or planted around your patio, Lemon Grass gives off a heavenly citronella scent that drives mosquitoes away! Bye, bye bugs and the scary diseases they carry. Lemongrass is also edible and can be used all summer for delicious stir fries, lemon-infused teas or vinegars, or use the whole stalk as a meat skewer.  Clovers Garden Lemongrass Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Start growing your mosquito repellent garden today so you can enjoy your yard all summer!

  • Citrosa Geranium Plant | Two Live Citronella Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Blooming, Edible

    Citrosa Geranium Plant | Two Live Citronella Garden Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent, Blooming, Edible

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in April 2025, weather permitting. We will send you a notification before shipping. With lush, green foliage, and the occasional pink-purple flower, the Citronella Geranium plant has a natural lemony scent that bugs hate. This gorgeous plant only grows bigger and fuller all season, providing natural protection for all your outdoor spaces. Grows just like a regular geranium and does well in containers. Clovers Garden Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow a Beautiful Garden with Citronella Geranium! A beautiful garden with citronella plants gives you the beauty and natural bug repellents. Citronella Geranium already tops popular gardening lists because it's a robust, quick grower; adaptable to almost all conditions; and gorgeous in every setting. Best of all, when cut, bruised, or even rustled by a breeze, it gives off a pleasant, lemony, citronella scent. You’ll love it, bugs and insects won’t.   Citronella Geranium grows large and bushy with thick foliage of lacy, medium-green leaves and produces a few pretty pink-purple blossoms during the season. Add trimmed branches to floral arrangements as the thick leaves provide a good structure for smaller flowers. Plant near high-use outdoor spaces such as play areas, patio borders, decks, containers, or around the foundation. Create a natural perimeter to enhance the plant’s natural protection. Even on slightly breezy days, you’ll smell the fresh, lemony scent and so will those pesky insects.   Combine with other protective plants such as Lantana, Creeping LemonThyme, Peppermint, Basil, or Lavender.

  • Lantana Camara Flowering | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent Plant, Thrives in Hot & Dry Areas

    Lantana Camara Flowering | Two Live Plants | Non-GMO, Mosquito Repellent Plant, Thrives in Hot & Dry Areas

    Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This fast growing annual and pollinator favorite is a gardener’s favorite for its hardy growing habit and ability to withstand even the hottest, driest growing conditions. It’s naturally mosquito-repellent but loved by hummingbirds and butterflies. Grown as an annual in Zones 4 through 7, prefers sun to part sun, adapts to most soil types, tolerates dry, hot conditions. In Zones 8, Lantana is a tender perennial and in Zones 9 and warmer will grow as a perennial.  Note: after blooming, this plant produces small berries that are toxic to pets and kids. Please trim as blossoms fade. Clovers Garden Lantana Camara Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed You can grow a beautiful garden that keeps the mosquitoes away!